Hydroxy-substituted N-alkoxy hindered amines and compositions stabilized therewith

ABSTRACT

Hindered amines substituted on the N-atom with an hydroxy-substituted alkoxy moiety are particularly effective in stabilizing organic polymer compositions against the deleterious effects of oxidative, thermal and actinic radiation where the presence of the OH group on the compounds adds important properties not otherwise attainable.

This is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 09/505,529, filed Feb. 17, 2000 which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 09/257,711, filed on Feb. 25, 1999, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,271,377.

The instant invention pertains to hindered amine compounds which are substituted on the N-atom by N-alkoxy moieties containing one to three hydroxyl groups. These materials are particularly effective in stabilizing polyolefms, especially thermoplastic polyolefms, against the deleterious effects of oxidative, thermal and actinic radiation. The compounds are also effective in stabilizing acid catalyzed and ambient cured coatings systems.

BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION

4-Hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and 4-oxo-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine are reported to have been used to trap carbon centered radicals formed from methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and sec-butanol by S. Nigam et al., J. Chem. Soc., Trans. Faraday Soc. 1, 1976, 72, 2324 and by K.-D. Asmus et al., Int. J. Radiat. Biol., 1976, 29, 211.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,627,248 and European Patent Application No. 135,280 A2 describe, respectively, difunctional and monofunctional living free radical polymerization initiators, some of which contain hindered amine ethers substituted by hydroxy groups. These compounds differ substantially in structure and performance from the instant compounds.

European Patent Application No. 427,672 A1 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,972,009 mention, but do not exemplify, respectively, hydroxylamine and nitrone structures, some of which contain C₁-C₄ hydroxyalkoxy substituted 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine derivatives. Such structures are outside the scope of the instant invention.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,204,473 describes N-hydrocarbyloxy hindered amine derivatives that are prepared exclusively from organic compounds containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms. Such compounds are structurally quite different from the instant compounds.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,004,770 describes hindered amine compounds which are substituted on the N-atom by alkoxy moieties which alkoxy groups are themselves unsubstituted. These compounds are especially useful in polymers including polybutadiene, polystyrene, ABS, polyacetal, polyamide, polyester, polyurethane and polycarbonate.

U.S. Pat. No. 5,096,950 also describes hindered amine compounds which are substituted on the N-atom by alkoxy moieties which alkoxy groups are themselves unsubstituted. These compounds are found to be useful in polyolefins.

The instant compounds are N-alkoxy substituted derivatives of 2,2,6,6-tetraalkylpiperidines where the alkoxy group is substituted by one to three hydroxy moieties. The instant compounds also comprise N-alkoxy bridged derivatives of the 2,2,6,6-tetraalkylpiperidines where the alkoxy moiety, which is substituted by one to three hydroxy groups, is shared by two hindered amine molecules. The free hydroxy moieties of these compounds may be reacted with carboxylic acids, acid chlorides or esters to form simple esters or polyesters, or with isocyanates to form urethanes or polyurethanes.

The instant compounds, because of their low basicity which is shared by the simple unsubstituted N-alkoxy compounds cited in the two patents mentioned above, are of particular value in the stabilization of polyolefms and automotive coating compositions where the activity of the more basic hindered amine stabilizes is significantly reduced because of interaction with the polymer substrate or acid catalytic system needed for curing such substrate.

Examples of polyolefin compositions in which the instant compounds are effective include flame retardant polyolefins where acidic residues from the decomposition of the halogenated flame retardants deactivate hindered amines not having the N—OR group, greenhouse films and agricultural mulch films where acidic residues from pesticides interfere with the activity of “normal” hindered amine stabilizers, and in thermoplastic polyolefins where pigment interactions with basic hindered amine stabilizers interfere with painting the substrate surfaces. Examples of coating compositions in which the instant compounds are effective include melamine crosslinked thermoset acrylic resins, which are cured using strong acids that interact with basic hindered amine stabilizers. The instant compounds are also effective in acrylic alkyd or polyester resins with isocyanate crosslinking agents, and in epoxy resins with carboxylic acid, anhydride, or amine crosslinking agents.

While the unsubstituted N—OR compounds described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,004,770 and 5,096,950 also perform well in the compositions described in the paragraph above, the instant compounds differ significantly in both structure and in performance from the prior art compounds by virtue of the presence of the one to three free hydroxy groups present on the N-alkoxy moiety. These hydroxyl groups in the instant compounds provide said compounds with superior antistatic properties, compatibility in more polar environments such as polyurethane based and in water-borne automotive coating systems, and in stabilizing painted automotive thermoplastic olefin structures.

The instant compounds are particularly suited for

(a) providing superior compatibility in polycarbonates and polycarbonate/ABS blends compared to the N—OE prior art compounds; and

(b) providing superior compatibility in polyesters and polyamides compared to the prior art N—OE compounds.

OBJECTS OF THE INVENTION

There are two objects to the instant invention which are:

1. Novel compounds having on the 1-position of the hindered amine a moiety —O—E—OH where the OH group provides important properties; and

2. Compositions stabilized by the novel compounds described above.

DETAILED DISCLOSURE

The instant invention pertains to novel compounds having 1-alkoxy substituted hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety is substituted by one to three hydroxy groups as described in formulas (1) to (15); or to novel compounds having 1-alkoxy bridged hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety, substituted by one to three hydroxy groups, is shared by two hindered amine molecules as described in formulas (16) to (28); or to oligomeric or polymeric hindered amine molecules made from the reaction of dialkyl esters or isocyanates with hydroxy substituted N-alkoxy derivatives of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetraalkylpiperidine as described in formula (29); or to simple diester or urethane derivatives of hydroxy substituted N-alkoxy derivatives of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine as described in formula (30); or to novel compounds having 1-alkoxy bridged hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety, substituted by one to three hydroxy groups, is shared by two or three non-equivalent hindered amine molecules as described in formulas (31) and (45); or to novel compounds having 1-alkoxy bridged hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety, substituted by one to three hydroxy groups, is shared by three hindered amine molecules as described in formulas (32) to (44);

G₁ and G₂ are independently alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or G₁ and G₂ together are pentamethylene; preferably G₁ and G₂ are each methyl;

E is a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl groups of 1 to 4 carbon atoms;

b is 1, 2 or 3 with the proviso that b cannot exceed the number of carbon atoms in E, L or Q, and when b is 2 or 3, each hydroxyl group is attached to a different carbon atom of E, L or Q; the two hindered amine groups are generally, but not always, attached to two different carbon atoms of L; the three hindered amine groups are generally, but not always, attached to three different carbon atoms of Q;

in each of the formulas (1) to (15)

m is 0 or 1;

R₁ is hydrogen, hydroxyl or hydroxymethyl;

R₂ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or alkenyl of 2 to 12 carbon atoms;

n is 1 to 4;

when n is 1,

R₃ is alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonylalkylenecarbonyl of 4 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, glycidyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy or 2-(hydroxymethyl) substituted alkyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms which alkyl is interrupted by oxygen, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or acyl radical of an aromatic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms;

when n is 2,

R₃ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms;

when n is 3,

R₃ is a trivalent acyl radical of an aliphatic, unsaturated aliphatic, or cycloaliphatic tricarboxylic acid or tricarbamic acid containing 6-18 carbon atoms, or a trivalent acyl radical of an aromatic tricarboxylic or tricarbamic acid containing 9-18 carbon atoms, or R₃ is a trivalent acyl radical of a tris(alkylcarbamic acid) derivative of cyanuric acid containing 12-24 carbon atoms, such as 1,3,5-tris[6-carboxyaminohexyl]-2,4,6-trioxo-s-triazine;

when n is 4,

R₃ is a tetravalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid, especially 1,2,3,4-butane-tetra-carboxylic acid, 1,2,3,4-but-2-ene-tetra-carboxylic acid, 1,2,3,5-pentane-tetra-carboxylic acid and 1,2,4,5-pentane-tetra-carboxylic acid, or R₃ is a tetra-valent acyl radical of an aromatic tetra-carboxylic acid containing 10 to 18 carbon atoms;

p is 1 to 3,

R₄ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms;

when p is 1,

R₅ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aromatic carboxylic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms, or R₄ and R₅ together are —(CH₂)₅CO—, phthaloyl or a divalent acyl radical of maleic acid;

when p is 2,

R₅ is alkylene of 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms;

when p is 3,

R₅ is a trivalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic tricarboxylic acid containing 6 to 18 carbon atoms, or a trivalent acyl radical of an aromatic tricarboxylic acid containing 9 to 15 carbon atoms;

when n is 1,

R₆ is alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyloxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NHalkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms,

when n is 2,

R₆ is alkylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NH-alkylene-NH— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)-alkylene-N(alkyl)— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, or R₆ is 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenediamino,

when n is 3,

R₆ is a trivalent alkoxy radical of a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic triol containing 3 to 18 carbon atoms,

when n is 4,

R₆ is a tetravalent alkoxy radical of a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic tetraol containing 4 to 18 carbon atoms,

R₇ and R₈ are independently chlorine, alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, —O—T₁, amino substituted by 2-hydroxyethyl, —NH(alkyl) of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms,

R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, or R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by either hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or T₁

R₁₀ is hydrogen or methyl,

q is 2 to 8,

R₁₁ and R₁₂ are independently hydrogen or the group T₂

R₁₃ is hydrogen, phenyl, straight or branched alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, straight or branched alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl, cycloalkyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 12 carbon atoms, glycidyl, allyloxy, straight or branched hydroxyalkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or silyl or silyloxy substituted three times independently by hydrogen, by phenyl, by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or by alkoxy of 1 to 4 carbon atoms;

R₁₄ is hydrogen or silyl substituted three times independently by hydrogen, by phenyl, by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or by alkoxy of 1 to 4 carbon atoms;

d is 0 or 1;

h is 0 to 4;

k is 0 to 5;

x is 3 to 6;

y is 1 to 10;

z is an integer such that the compound has a molecular weight of 1000 to 4000 amu,

R₁₅ is morpholino, piperidino, 1-piperizinyl, alkylamino of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, especially branched alkylamino of 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as tert-octylamino, —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 16 carbon atoms,

R₁₆ is hydrogen, acyl of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, carbamoyl substituted by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, s-triazinyl substituted once by chlorine and once by R₁₅, or s-triazinyl substituted twice by R₁₅ with the condition that the two R₁₅ substituents may be different;

R₁₇ is chlorine, amino substituted by alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms or by T₁, —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 16 carbon atoms, or the group T₃

R₁₈ is hydrogen, acyl of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, carbamoyl substituted by allyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, s-triazinyl substituted twice by —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 16 carbon atoms or s-triazinyl substituted twice by —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms;

L is straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenylene of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms;

Q is straight or branched chain alkanetriyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkanetriyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenetriyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenetriyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkanetriyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms;

in formulas (16) to (28) and (31) to (45), R₁, R₂, R₇, R₈, R₉, R₁₀, R₁₃, R₁₄, d, h, k, m, q, and T₁ have the same meanings as in formulas (1) to (15);

R₁₉ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonylalkylenecarbonyl of 4 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, glycidyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy or 2-(hydroxymethyl) substituted alkyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms which alkyl is interrupted by oxygen, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or acyl radical of an aromatic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms;

R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ independently have the same definition as R₁₉;

R₂₀ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms;

R₂₁ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms;

R₂₂ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aromatic carboxylic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms, or R₄ and R₅ together are —(CH₂)₅CO—, phthaloyl or a divalent acyl radical of maleic acid;

R₂₃ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms;

R₂₄ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms;

R₂₅ is alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyloxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NHalkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms,

R₂₆ is alkylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NH-alkylene-NH— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)-alkylene-N(alkyl)— of 3 to 18 carbon atoms,

in formulas (29) and (30), G is a carbon centered diradical derived from a primary, secondary or tertiary alcohol G—OH, where

z is as defined above, and

G is straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenylene of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, with the proviso that in formula (29) successive hindered amine moieties can be oriented in either a head to head or head to tail fashion;

T₄ is hydrogen or

R₂₇ is a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene or cycloalkenylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, phenylene or —NH-alkylene-NH— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms including 5-amino-1-aminomethyl-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane and —NH-xylylene-NH—;

R₂₈ is alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms;

R₂₉ is a straight or branched chain alkyl or —NH-alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or —NH— cycloalkyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms; and

with the further proviso that in formulas (1) and (2), when b is 1, E is not methyl, ethyl, 2-propyl or 2-methyl-2-propyl.

Preferably, G₁ and G₂ are each methyl.

Preferably, in formulas (1) to (28) and (31) to (45), b is 1 or 2, most preferably 1.

When b is 1, E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are respectively a carbon-centered radical, diradical or triradical formed preferably from 2-methyl-2-propanol, 2-propanol, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 1-nonanol, 1-decanol, 1-dodecanol, 1-octadecanol, 2-butanol, 2-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, cyclooctanol, allyl alcohol, phenethyl alcohol or 1-phenyl-1-ethanol; most preferably E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are formed from 2-methyl-2-propanol or cyclohexanol.

When b is 2, E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are respectively a carbon-centered radical, diradical or triradical formed preferably from 1,2-ethanediol, 1,2-propanedial, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-cyclohexanediol or 1,4-cyclohexanediol; most preferably E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are formed from 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-cyclohexanediol or 1,4-cyclohexanediol.

When b is 3, E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are respectively a carbon-centered radical, diradical or triradical formed from glycerol, 1,1,1-tris(hydroxymethyl)methane, 2-ethyl-2-(hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,4-butanetriol or 1,2,6-hexanetriol; most preferably E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are formed from glycerol, 1,1,1-tris(hydroxymethyl)methane, 2-ethyl-2-(hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol.

Preferably in formulas (29) and (30), —G—O— is formed from ethanol, phenethyl alcohol, cyclohexanol or 2-methyl-2-propanol (tert-butyl alcohol).

Preferably in formula (3), m is 0, R₁ is hydrogen or hydroxymethyl, and R₂ is hydrogen; or m is 1, R₁ is hydroxy or hydroxymethyl, and R₂ is hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.

Preferably in formula (5), R₂ is hydrogen or dodecyl.

Preferably in formula (6), n is 1-3, and when n is 1, R₃ is allyl, glycidyl, acryloyl, methacryloyl, octadecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, tetradecanoyl, methoxycarbonylpropionyl, methoxycarbonylbutyryl, methoxycarbonylpentanoyl or methoxycarbonylnonanoyl; or when n is 2, R₃ is succinyl, glutaryl, adipoyl, sebacoyl, 1,6-hexanedicarbamoyl, cis- or trans-5-carbamoyl-1-(carbamoylmethyl)-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane or toluene-2,4-dicarbamoyl; or when n is 3, R₃ is 1,3,5-tris(6-carbamoylhexyl)-2,4,6-trioxo-s-triazine.

Preferably in formula (7), p is 1 or 2, and when p is 1, R₄ is hydrogen and R₅ is butyl; or R₄ and R₅ together are the divalent acyl radical of maleic acid; or when p is 2, R₄ is hydrogen or acetyl, and R₅ is 1,6-hexanediyl.

Preferably in formula (8), n is 1 or 2, and when n is 1, R₆ is ethoxy, 6-methyl-1-heptyloxy, ethylamino, butylamino or octylamino; or when n is 2, R₆ is 1,2-ethanedioxy, 1,4-butanedioxy, ethylenediamino, hexamethylenediamino, or 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenediamino.

Preferably in formula (9), R₇ and R₈ are independently chlorine, octylamino, tert-octyl3 amino or amino substituted by T₁ and ethyl, butyl or dodecyl; and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by ethyl, butyl or dodecyl.

Preferably in formula (10), q is 2, 4 or 6, R₇ is chlorine, octylamino, octadecylamino or amino substituted by T₁ and ethyl, butyl or dodecyl; and R₁₀ is hydrogen.

Preferably in formula (11), n is 3, p is 2, R₂ is ethyl, butyl or dodecyl; and one of R₁₁ or R₁₂ is T₂, and the other is hydrogen.

Preferably in formula (12), k is 3, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom or is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by ethyl, butyl or dodecyl, R₁₃ is hydrogen or methyl, and when d is 0, x is 5 or 6, and when d is 1, x is 3 or 4.

Preferably in formula (13), d is 0 or 1, h is 0-2, k is 0 or 3, y is 1-8, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom or a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by ethyl, butyl or dodecyl, R₁₃ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy, and R₁₄ is hydrogen or trimethylsilyl.

Preferably in formula (14), R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, R₁₀ is hydrogen or methyl, m is 0 and z is an integer such that the molecular weight of the compound is 1500-3000 amu.

Preferably in formula (15) q is 6, y is 1-7, R₁₅ is tert-octylamino, morpholino, amino substituted by T₁ and butyl, which may also be designated as T₁-butylamino, R₁₆ is hydrogen, acetyl, ethylcarbamoyl, 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazinyl, 2,4-bis(diethylamino)-s-triazinyl, s-triazinyl substituted twice by T₁-butylamino or s-triazinyl substituted once by diethylamino or dibutylamino and once by T₁-butylamino, R₁₇ is dibutylamino, diethylamino, T₁-butylamino or R₁₇ is T₃ where R₁₈ is acetyl or ethylcarbamoyl.

Preferably in formulas (17) and (33), m is 0, R₁ is hydrogen or hydroxymethyl, and R₂ is hydrogen; or m is 1, R₁ is hydroxy or hydroxymethyl, and R₂ is hydrogen or methyl.

Preferably in formula s and (35), R₂ is hydrogen or dodecyl.

Preferably in formulas (20), (31), (36) and (45), R₁₉, R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ are hydrogen, allyl, acryloyl, methacryloyl, octadecanoyl or hexadecanoyl.

The groups R₁₉, R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ in the compounds of this invention may each be the same or different.

Preferably in formulas (21) and (37), R₂₀ is succinyl, glutaryl, adipoyl, sebacoyl, 1,6-hexanedicarbamoyl, or cis- or trans-5-carbamoyl-1-(carbamoylmethyl)-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane.

Preferably in formulas (22) and (38), R₂₁ is hydrogen and R₂₂ is hydrogen or butyl; or R₂₁ and R₂₂ together are the divalent acyl radical of maleic acid.

Preferably in formulas (23) and (39), R₂₃ is hydrogen or acetyl, and R₂₄ is ethylene or hexamethylene.

Preferably in formulas (24) and (40), R₂₅ is ethoxy, 6-methyl-1-heptyloxy, ethylamino, butylamino or octylamino.

Preferably in formulas (25) and (41), R₂₆ is 1,2-ethanedioxy, 1-4-butanedioxy, ethylenediamino or hexamethylenediamino.

Preferably in formulas (26) and (42), R₇ and R₈ are independently chlorine, octylamino, tert-octylamino, octadecylamino, T₁-ethylamino, T₁-butylamino or T₁-dodecylamino, and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by ethyl, butyl or dodecyl.

Preferably in formulas (27) and (43), q is 2, 4 or 6, R₇ is chlorine, octylamino, octadecyl-amino, T₁-ethylamino, T₁-butylamino or T₁-dodecylamino, and R₁₀ is hydrogen.

Preferably in formulas (28) and (44), d is 0 or 1, h is 0-2, k is 0 or 3, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom or a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by ethyl, butyl or dodecyl, R₁₃ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy, and R₁₄ is hydrogen or trimethylsilyl

Preferably in formula (29), R₂₇ is ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, octamethylene, 1,6-diaminohexane or 5-amino-1-aminomethyl-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane; z is an integer such that the molecular weight of the compound is 1500-3000 amu, R₂₈ is methyl or ethyl, and G is ethylene, 1,2-cyclohexanediyl, 1,3-cyclohexanediyl, 1,4-cyclohexanediyl, —CH(C₆H₅)CH₂— or —CH₂C(CH₃)₂—.

Preferably in formula (30), R₂₉ is pentadecyl, heptadecyl, butylamino or cyclohexylamino.

Still more preferred embodiments of the instant invention are the compounds of formulas (1) to (45) where E—OH, L—OH, Q—OH and G—O— are formed from 2-methyl-2-propanol (tert-butyl alcohol) or cyclohexanol.

Most preferably in formula (6), when n is 1, R₃ is acryloyl, methacrloyl, glycidyl, octadecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, methoxycarbonylpropionyl, methoxycarbonylbutyryl, methoxycarbonylpentanoyl or methoxycarbonylnonanoyl; or when n is 2, R₃ is succinyl, glutaryl, adipoyl, sebacoyl, 1,6-hexanedicarbamoyl or cis- or trans-5-carbamoyl-1-(carbamoylmethyl)-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane or toluene-2,4-dicarbamoyl; or when n is 3, R₃ is 1,3,5-tris(6-carbamoylhexyl)-2,4,6-trioxo-s-triazine.

Most preferably in formula (7), p is 1 or 2, and when p is 1, R₄ is hydrogen and R₅ is hydrogen or butyl; or when p is 2, R₄ is hydrogen, and R₅ is 1,6-hexanediyl.

Most preferably in formula (9), R₇ is chlorine, octylamino or T₁-butylamino, R₈ is chlorine or T₁-butylamino, and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by butyl.

Most preferably in formula (10), q is 6, R₇ is T₁-butylamino; and R₁₀ is hydrogen.

Most preferably in formula (11), n is 3, p is 2, and one of R₁₁ or R₁₂ is T₂, and the other is hydrogen.

Most preferably in formula (12), k is 3, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, R₁₃ is hydrogen or methyl, and d is 0, x is 5 or 6, and when d is 1, x is 3 or 4.

Most preferably in formula (13), d is 0 or 1, h is 0-2, k is 0 or 3, y is 1-8, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, R₁₃ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy, and R₁₄ is hydrogen or trimethylsilyl.

Most preferably in formula (15) q is 6, y is 1-7, R₁₅ is T₁-butylamino, R₁₆ is hydrogen, acetyl, ethylcarbamoyl, 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazinyl, 2,4-bis(diethylamino)-s-triazinyl, s-triazinyl substituted twice by T₁-butylamino or s-triazinyl substituted once by diethylamino or dibutylamino and once by T₁-butylamino, R₁₇ is dibutylamino, diethylamino, T₁-butylamino or R₁₇ is T₃ where R₁₈ is acetyl or ethylcarbamoyl.

Most preferably in formulae (20), (31), (36) and (45) R₁₉, R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ are hydrogen, octadecanoyl or hexadecanoyl.

Most preferably in formula (22), R₂₁ is hydrogen and R₂₂ is hydrogen or butyl.

Most preferably in formula (23), R₂₃ is hydrogen, and R₂₄ is hexamethylene.

Most preferably in formula (26), R₇ is chlorine, octylamino or T₁-butylamino, R₉ is chlorine or T₁-butylamino, and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by butyl.

Most preferably in formula (27), q is 6, R₇ is T₁-butylamino, and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by butyl.

Most preferably in formula (29), R₂₇ is ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene or octamethylene, z is an integer such that the molecular weight of the compound is 1500 to 2000 amu, and R₂₈ is methyl.

Most preferably in formula (30), R₂₉ is pentadecyl or heptadecyl.

Still more preferred embodiments of the instant invention are the compounds of formulas (1) to (45) where E—OH, L—OH, Q—OH and —G—O— are formed from 2-methyl-2-propanol (tert-butyl alcohol).

Especially preferred compounds of formula (6) are those where n is 1, R₃ is acryloyl, methacryloyl, glycidyl, octadecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, methoxycarbonylpropionyl, methoxycarbonylbutyryl, or methoxycarbonylpentanoyl and where n is 2, R₃ is succinyl, glutaryl, adipoyl or sebacoyl.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (7) are those where R₄ is hydrogen, and when p is 1, R₅ is hydrogen or butyl, or when p is 2, R₅ is hexamethylene.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (9) are those where R₇ is chlorine, octylamino or T₁-butylamino, R₈ is T₁-butylamino, and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by butyl.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (10) are those where q is 6, R₇ is T₁-butylamino and R₁₀ is hydrogen.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (11) are those where n is 3, p is 2, one of R₁₁ or R₁₂ is T₂ and the other is hydrogen.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (12) are those where d is 1, k is 3, x is 3 or 4, R₉ is divalent oxygen atom, and R₁₃ is methyl.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (13) are those where k is 3, y is 4-8. R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, R₁₃ is hydrogen or methyl, d and h are 0, R₁₄ is hydrogen, or d is 1 and h is 0, and R₁₄ is trimethylsilyl.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (14) are those where m is 0, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, R₁₀ is hydrogen or methyl, and z is an integer such that the molecular weight of the compound is 1500-3000 amu.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (15) are those where q is 6, y is 1-7, R₁₅ is T₁-butylamino, R₁₆ is hydrogen, acetyl, ethylcarbamoyl, 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazinyl, 2,4-bis(diethylarnino)-s-triazinyl, s-triazinyl substituted twice by T₁-butylamino or s-triazinyl substituted once by diethylamino or dibutylamino and once by T₁-butylamino, R₁₇ is dibutyl-amino, diethylamino, or T₃ where R₁₈ is acetyl or ethylcarbamoyl.

Especially preferred compounds of formulae (20), (31), (36) and (45) are those where R₁₉, R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ are hydrogen, octadecanoyl or hexadecanoyl.

Especially preferred compounds of formula (21) are those where R₂₀ is succinyl, glutaryl, adipoyl or sebacoyl.

Especially preferred compound of formula (30) is that where R₂₉ is heptadecyl.

The instant invention also pertains to a polymer composition containing an effective stabilizing amount of one or more compounds selected from the compounds of formula (1) to formula (45) as described above including compounds of formulae (1) and (2) when b is 1 and E is methyl, ethyl, 2-propyl or 2-methyl-2-propyl.

Preferably, the organic material is a natural, semi-synthetic or synthetic polymer, especially a thermoplastic polymer.

Most preferably, the polymer is a polyolefin, especially a thermoplastic polyolefin useful in automotive coatings and applications or a urethane based automotive coating.

The compounds of this invention exhibit superior hydrolytic stability, handling and storage stability as well as good resistance to extractability when present in a stabilized composition.

In general polymers which can be stabilized include

1. Polymers of monoolefins and diolefins, for example polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polybut-1-ene, poly-4-methylpent-1-ene, polyisoprene or polybutadiene, as well as polymers of cycloolefins, for instance of cyclopentene or norbomene, polyethylene (which optionally can be crosslinked), for example high density polyethylene (HDPE), low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), branched low density polyethylene (BLDPE).

Polyolefins, i.e. the polymers of monoolefins exemplified in the preceding paragraph, preferably polyethylene and polypropylene, can be prepared by different, and especially by the following, methods:

a) radical polymerization (normally under high pressure and at elevated temperature).

b) catalytic polymerization using a catalyst that normally contains one or more than one metal of groups IVb, Vb, VIb or VIII of the Periodic Table. These metals usually have one or more than one ligand, typically oxides, halides, alcoholates, esters, ethers, amines, alkyls, alkenyls and/or aryls that may be either p- or s-coordinated. These metal complexes may be in the free form or fixed on substrates, typically on activated magnesium chloride, titanium(m) chloride, alumina or silicon oxide. These catalysts may be soluble or insoluble in the polymerization medium. The catalysts can be used by themselves in the polymerization or further activators may be used, typically metal alkyls, metal hydrides, metal alkyl halides, metal alkyl oxides or metal alkyloxanes, said metals being elements of groups Ia, IIa and/or ma of the Periodic Table. The activators may be modified conveniently with further ester, ether, amine or silyl ether groups. These catalyst systems are usually termed Phillips, Standard Oil Indiana, Ziegler (-Natta), TNZ (DuPont), metallocene or single site catalysts (SSC).

2. Mixtures of the polymers mentioned under 1), for example mixtures of polypropylene with polyisobutylene, polypropylene with polyethylene (for example PP/HDPE, PP/LDPE) and mixtures of different types of polyethylene (for example LDPE/HDPE).

3. Copolymers of monoolefins and diolefins with each other or with other vinyl monomers, for example ethylene/propylene copolymers, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) and mixtures thereof with low density polyethylene (LDPE), propylene/but-1-ene copolymers, propylene/isobutylene copolymers, ethylene/but-1-ene copolymers, ethylene/hexene copolymers, ethylene/methylpentene copolymers, ethylene/heptene copolymers, ethylene/octene copolymers, propylene/butadiene copolymers, isobutylene/isoprene copolymers, ethylene/alkyl acrylate copolymers, ethylene/alkyl methacrylate copolymers, ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymers and their copolymers with carbon monoxide or ethylene/acrylic acid copolymers and their salts (ionomers) as well as terpolymers of ethylene with propylene and a diene such as hexadiene, dicyclopentadiene or ethylidene-norbomene; and mixtures of such copolymers with one another and with polymers mentioned in 1) above, for example polypropylene/ethylene-propylene copolymers, LDPE/ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymers (EVA), LDPE/ethylene-acrylic acid copolymers (EAA), LLDPE/EVA, LLDPE/EAA and alternating or random polyalkylene/carbon monoxide copolymers and mixtures thereof with other polymers, for example polyamides.

4. Hydrocarbon resins (for example C₅-C₉) including hydrogenated modifications thereof (e.g. tackifiers) and mixtures of polyalkylenes and starch.

5. Polystyrene, poly(p-methylstyrene), poly(α-methylstyrene).

6. Copolymers of styrene or α-methylstyrene with dienes or acrylic derivatives, for example styrene/butadiene, styrene/acrylonitrile, styrene/alkyl methacrylate, styrene/butadiene/alkyl acrylate, styrene/butadiene/alkyl methacrylate, styrene/maleic anhydride, styrene/acrylonitrile/methyl acrylate; mixtures of high impact strength of styrene copolymers and another polymer, for example a polyacrylate, a diene polymer or an ethylene/propylene/diene terpolymer; and block copolymers of styrene such as styrene/butadiene/styrene, styrene/isoprene/styrene, styrene/ethylene/butylene/styrene or styrene/ethylene/propylene/styrene.

7. Graft copolymers of styrene or α-methylstyrene, for example styrene on polybutadiene, styrene on polybutadiene-styrene or polybutadiene-acrylonitrile copolymers; styrene and acrylo-nitrile (or methacrylonitrile) on polybutadiene; styrene, acrylonitrile and methyl methacrylate on polybutadiene; styrene and maleic anhydride on polybutadiene; styrene, acrylonitrile and maleic anhydride or maleimide on polybutadiene; styrene and maleimide on polybutadiene; styrene and alkyl acrylates or methacrylates on polybutadiene; styrene and acrylonitrile on ethylene/propylene/diene terpolymers; styrene and acrylonitrile on polyalkyl acrylates or polyalkyl methacrylates, styrene and acrylonitrile on acrylate/butadiene copolymers, as well as mixtures thereof with the copolymers listed under 6), for example the copolymer mixtures known as ABS, MBS, ASA or AES polymers.

8. Halogen-containing polymers such as polychloroprene, chlorinated rubbers, chlorinated or sulfochlorinated polyethylene, copolymers of ethylene and chlorinated ethylene, epichlorohydrin homo- and copolymers, especially polymers of halogen-containing vinyl compounds, for example polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinylidene fluoride, as well as copolymers thereof such as vinyl chloride/vinylidene chloride, vinyl chloride/vinyl acetate or vinylidene chloride/vinyl acetate copolymers.

9. Polymers derived from α,β-unsaturated acids and derivatives thereof such as polyacrylates and polymethacrylates; polymethyl methacrylates, polyacrylamides and polyacrylonitriles, impact-modified with butyl acrylate.

10. Copolymers of the monomers mentioned under 9) with each other or with other unsaturated monomers, for example acrylonitrile/butadiene copolymers, acrylonitrile/alkyl acrylate copolymers, acrylonitrile/alkoxyalkyl acrylate or acrylonitrile/vinyl halide copolymers or acrylonitrile/alkyl methacrylate/butadiene terpolymers.

11. Polymers derived from unsaturated alcohols and amines or the acyl derivatives or acetals thereof, for example polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl stearate, polyvinyl benzoate, polyvinyl maleate, polyvinyl butyral, polyallyl phthalate or polyallyl melamine; as well as their copolymers with olefins mentioned in 1) above.

12. Homopolymers and copolymers of cyclic ethers such as polyalkylene glycols, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide or copolymers thereof with bisglycidyl ethers.

13. Polyacetals such as polyoxymethylene and those polyoxymethylenes which contain ethylene oxide as a comonomer; polyacetals modified with thermoplastic polyurethanes, acrylates or MBS.

14. Polyphenylene oxides and sulfides, and mixtures of polyphenylene oxides with styrene polymers or polyamides.

15. Polyurethanes derived from hydroxyl-terminated polyethers, polyesters or polybutadienes on the one hand and aliphatic or aromatic polyisocyanates on the other, as well as precursors thereof.

16. Polyamides and copolyamides derived from diamines and dicarboxylic acids and/or from aminocarboxylic acids or the corresponding lactams, for example polyamide 4, polyamide 6, polyamide 6/6, 6/10, 6/9, 6/12, 4/6, 12/12, polyamide 11, polyamide 12, aromatic polyamides starting from m-xylene diamine and adipic acid; polyamides prepared from hexamethylenediamine and isophthalic or/and terephthalic acid and with or without an elastomer as modifier, for example poly-2,4,4,-trimethylhexamethylene terephthalamide or poly-m-phenylene isophthalamide; and also block copolymers of the aforementioned polyamides with polyolefins, olefin copolymers, ionomers or chemically bonded or grafted elastomers; or with polyethers, e.g. with polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polytetramethylene glycol; as well as polyarnides or copolyamides modified with EPDM or ABS; and polyamides condensed during processing (RIM polyamide systems).

17. Polyureas, polyimides, polyamide-imides and polybenzimidazoles.

18. Polyesters derived from dicarboxylic acids and diols and/or from hydroxycarboxylic acids or the corresponding lactones, for example polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, poly-1,4-dimethylolcyclohexane terephthalate and polyhydroxybenzoates, as well as block copolyether esters derived from hydroxyl-terminated polyethers; and also polyesters modified with polycarbonates or MBS.

19. Polycarbonates and polyester carbonates.

20. Polysulfones, polyether sulfones and polyether ketones.

21. Crosslinked polymers derived from aldehydes on the one hand and phenols, ureas and melamines on the other hand, such as phenol/formaldehyde resins, urea/formaldehyde resins and melamine/formaldehyde resins.

22. Drying and non-drying alkyd resins.

23. Unsaturated polyester resins derived from copolyesters of saturated and unsaturated dicarboxylic acids with polyhydric alcohols and vinyl compounds as crosslinking agents, and also halogen-containing modifications thereof of low flammability.

24. Crosslinkable acrylic resins derived from substituted acrylates, for example epoxy acrylates, urethane acrylates or polyester acrylates.

25. Alkyd resins, polyester resins and acrylate resins crosslinked with melamine resins, urea resins, polyisocyanates or epoxy resins.

26. Crosslinked epoxy resins derived from polyepoxides, for example from bisglycidyl ethers or from cycloaliphatic diepoxides.

27. Natural polymers such as cellulose, rubber, gelatin and chemically modified homologous derivatives thereof, for example cellulose acetates, cellulose propionates and cellulose butyrates, or the cellulose ethers such as methyl cellulose; as well as rosins and their derivatives.

28. Blends of the aforementioned polymers (polyblends), for example PP/EPDM, Polyamide/EPDM or ABS, PVC/EVA, PVC/ABS, PVC/MBS, PC/ABS, PBTP/ABS, PC/ASA, PC/PBT, PVC/CPE, PVC/acrylates, POM/thermoplastic PUR, PC/thermoplastic PUR, POM/acrylate, POM/MBS, PPO/HIPS, PPO/PA 6.6 and copolymers, PA/HDPE, PA/PP, PA/PPO.

29. Naturally occurring and synthetic organic materials which are pure monomeric compounds or mixtures of such compounds, for example mineral oils, animal and vegetable fats, oil and waxes, or oils, fats and waxes based on synthetic esters (e.g. phthalates, adipates, phosphates or trimellitates) and also mixtures of synthetic esters with mineral oils in any weight ratios, typically those used as spinning compositions, as well as aqueous emulsions of such materials.

30. Aqueous emulsions of natural or synthetic rubber, e.g. natural latex or latices of carboxylated styrene/butadiene copolymers.

31. Polysiloxanes such as the soft, hydrophilic polysiloxanes described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,259,467; and the hard polyorganosiloxanes described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,355,147.

32. Polyketimines in combination with unsaturated acrylic polyacetoacetate resins or with unsaturated acrylic resins. The unsaturated acrylic resins include the urethane acrylates, polyether acrylates, vinyl or acryl copolymers with pendant unsaturated groups and the acrylated melamines. The polyketimines are prepared from polyamines and ketones in the presence of an acid catalyst.

33. Radiation curable compositions containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers or oligomers and a polyunsaturated aliphatic oligomer.

34. Epoxymelamine resins such as light-stable epoxy resins crosslinked by an epoxy functional coetherified high solids melamine resin such as LSE-4103 (Monsanto).

In general, the compounds of the present invention are employed in from about 0.01 to about 5% by weight of the stabilized composition, although this will vary with the particular substrate and application. An advantageous range is from about 0.05 to about 3%, and especially 0.05 to about 1%.

The stabilizers of the instant invention may readily be incorporated into the organic polymers by conventional techniques, at any convenient stage prior to the manufacture of shaped articles therefrom. For example, the stabilizer may be mixed with the polymer in dry powder form, or a suspension or emulsion of the stabilizer may be mixed with a solution, suspension, or emulsion of the polymer. The resulting stabilized polymer compositions of the invention may optionally also contain from about 0.01 to about 5%, preferably from about 0.025 to about 2%, and especially from about 0.1 to about 1% by weight of various conventional additives, such as the materials listed below, or mixtures thereof.

1. Antioxidants

1.1. Alkylated Monophenols, for Example

2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol

2-tert-butyl-4,6-dimethylphenol

2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol

2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-n-butylphenol

2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-i-butylphenol

2,6-di-cyclopentyl-4-methylphenol

2-(α-methylcyclohexyl)-4,6-dimethylphenol

2,6-di-octadecyl-4-methylphenol

2,4,6-tri-cyclohexylphenol

2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methoxymethylphenol

1.2. Alkylated Hydroquinones, for Example,

2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methoxyphenol

2,5-di-tert-butyl-hydroquinone

2,5-di-tert-amyl-hydroquinone

2,6-diphenyl-4-octadecyloxyphenol

1.3. Hydroxylated Thiodiphenyl Ethers, for Example,

2,2′-thio-bis-(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol)

2,2′-thio-bis-(4-octylphenol)

4,4′-thio-bis-(6-tert-butyl-3-methylphenol)

4,4′-thio-bis-(6-tert-butyl-2-methylphenol)

1.4. Alkylidene-bisphenols, for Example,

2,2′-methylene-bis-(6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol)

2,2′-methylene-bis-(6-tert-butyl-4-ethylphenol)

2,2′-methylene-bis-[4-methyl-6-(α-methylcyclohexyl)-phenol]

2,2′-methylene-bis-(4-methyl-6-cyclohexylphenol)

2,2′-methylene-bis-(6-nonyl-4-methylphenol)

2,2′-methylene-bis-[6-(α-methylbenzyl)-4-nonylphenol]

2,2′-methylene-bis-[6-(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)-4-nonylphenol]

2,2′-methylene-bis-(4,6-di-tert-butylphenol)

2,2′-ethylidene-bis-(4,6-di-tert-butylphenol)

2,2′-ethylidene-bis-(6-tert-butyl-4-isobutylphenol)

4,4′-methylene-bis-(2,6-di-tert-butylphenol)

4,4′-methylene-bis-(6-tert-butyl-2-methylphenol)

1,1-bis-(5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-butane

2,6-di-(3-tert-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxybenzyl)-4-methylphenol

1,1,3-tris-(5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-butane

1,1-bis-(5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-2-methylphenyl)-3-n-dodecylmercaptobutane ethyleneglycol bis-[3,3-bis-(3′-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxyphenyl)-butyrate]

di-(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-dicyclopentadiene

di-[2-(3′-tert-butyl-2′-hydroxy-5′-methyl-benzyl)-6-tert-butyl-4-methylphenyl]terephthalate.

1.5. Benzyl Compounds, for Example,

1,3,5-tri-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-2,4,6-trimethylbenzene

di-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) sulfide

3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl-mercapto-acetic acid isooctyl ester

bis-(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl)dithiol terephthalate

1,3,5-tris-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate

1,3,5-tris-(4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxy-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) isocyanurate

3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl-phosphoric acid dioctadecyl ester

3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl-phosphoric acid monoethyl ester, calcium-salt

1.6. Acylaminophenols, for Example,

4-hydroxy-lauric acid anilide

4-hydroxy-stearic acid anilide

2,4-bis-octylmercapto-6-(3,5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-s-triazine

octyl-N-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-carbamate

1.7. Esters of β-(3,5-di-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propionic Acid with Monohydric or Polyhydric Alcohols, for Example,

methanol diethylene glycol octadecanol triethylene glycol 1,6-hexanediol pentaerythritol neopentyl glycol tris-hydroxyethyl isocyanurate thiodiethylene glycol di-hydroxyethyl oxalic acid diamide triethanolamine triisopropanolamine

1.8. Esters of β-(5-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)-propionic Acid with Monohydric or Polyhydric Alcohols, for Example,

methanol diethylene glycol octadecanol triethylene glycol 1,6-hexanediol pentaerythritol neopentyl glycol tris-hydroxyethyl isocyanurate thiodiethylene glycol di-hydroxyethyl oxalic acid diamide triethanolamine triisopropanolamine

1.9. Amides of β-(3,5-di-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)-propionic Acid for Example,

N,N′-di-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylpropionyl)-hexamethylenediamine

N,N′-di-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylpropionyl)-trimethylenediamine

N,N′-di-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylpropionyl)-hydrazine

1.10 Diarylamines, for Example,

diphenylamine, N-phenyl-1-naphthylamine, N-(4-tert-octylphenyl)-1-naphthylamine, 4,4′-di-tert-octyl-diphenylamine, reaction product of N-phenylbenzylamine and 2,4,4-trimethylpentene, reaction product of diphenylamine and 2,4,4-trimethylpentene, reaction product of N-phenyl-1-naphthylamine and 2,4,4-trimethylpentene.

2. UV Absorbers and Light Stabilizers

2.1. 2-(2′-Hydroxyphenl)-benzotriazoles, for Example,

the 5′-methyl-, 3′,5′-di-tert-butyl-, 5′-tert-butyl-, 5′-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-, 5-chloro-3′,5′-di-tert-butyl-, 5-chloro-3′-tert-butyl-5′-methyl-, 3′-sec-butyl-5′-tert-butyl-, 4′-octoxy, 3′,5′-di-tert-amyl-, 3′,5′-bis-(α,α-dimethylbenzyl), 3′-tert-butyl-5′-(2-(omega-hydroxy-octa-(ethyleneoxy)carbonyl-ethyl)-,3′-dodecyl-5′-methyl-, 3′-tert-butyl-5′-(2-octyloxycarbonyl)ethyl-, dodecylated-5′-methyl derivatives; and 2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole.

2.2. 2-Hydroxy-benzophenones, for Example,

the 4-hydroxy-, 4-methoxy-, 4-octoxy, 4-decyloxy-, 4-dodecyloxy-, 4-benzyloxy, 4,2′,4′-trihydroxy- and 2′-hydroxy-4,4′-dimethoxy derivatives.

2.3. Esters of Optionally Substituted Benzoic Acids for Example,

phenyl salicylate, 4-tert-butylphenyl salicylate, octylphenyl salicylate, dibenzoylresorcinol, bis-(4-tert-butylbenzoyl)-resorcinol, benzoylresorcinol, 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl ester and 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid hexadecyl ester.

2.4. Acrylates, for Example,

α-cyano-β,β-diphenylacrylic acid ethyl ester or isooctyl ester, α-carbomethoxy-cinnamic acid methyl ester, α-cyano-β-methyl-p-methoxy-cinnamic acid methyl ester or butyl ester, α-carbomethoxy-p-methoxy-cinnamic acid methyl ester, N-(β-carbomethoxy-β-cyanovinyl)-2-methyl-indoline.

2.5. Nickel Compounds, for Example,

nickel complexes of 2,2′-thio-bis-[4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)-phenol], such as the 1:1 or 1:2 complex, optionally with additional ligands such as n-butylamine, triethanolamine or N-cyclohexyl-diethanolamine, nickel dibutyldithiocarbamate, nickel salts of 4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylbenzylphosphonic acid monoalkyl esters, such as of the methyl, ethyl or butyl ester, nickel complexes of ketoximes such as of 2-hydroxy-4-methyl-phenyl undecyl ketoxime, nickel complexes of 1-phenyl-4-lauroyl-5-hydroxy-pyrazole, optionally with additional ligands.

2.6. Sterically Hindered Amines, for Example

bis-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl) sebacate, bis-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidyl) sebacate, n-butyl-3,5-di-tert.butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl malonic acid bis-(1,2,2,6,6-pentanemethylpiperidyl)ester, condensation product of 1-hydroxyethyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine and succinic acid, condensation product of N,N′-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl)-hexamethylenediamine and 4-tert-octylamino-2,6-dichloro-s-triazine, tris-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidyl)-nitrilotriacetate, tetrakis-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, 1,1′(1,2-ethanediyl)-bis-(3,3,5,5-tetramethylpiperazinone), bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, 2-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-4,6-bis{N-[1-(cyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-butylamino-s-triazine, oligomer of N-{[2-(N-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terninated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis [N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine; N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyl-oxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine; and the compound

where R′ is

which is assigned CAS # 191680-81-6, is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,844,026.

2.7. Oxalic Acid Diamides, for Example,

4,4′-di-octyloxy-oxanilide, 2,2′-di-octyloxy-5,5′-di-tert-butyl-oxanilide, 2,2′-di-dodecyloxy-5,5′-di-tert-butyl-oxanilide, 2-ethoxy-2′-ethyl-oxanilide, N,N′-bis (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-oxalamide, 2-ethoxy-5-tert-butyl-2′-ethyloxanilide and its mixture with 2-ethoxy-2′-ethyl-5,4′-di-tert-butyloxanilide and mixtures of ortho- and para-methoxy—as well as of o- and p-ethoxy-disubstituted oxanilides.

2.8. Hydroxyphenyl-s-triazines, for Example

2,6-bis-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-4-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-s-triazine; 2,6-bis-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-4-(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-s-triazine; 2,4-bis(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-6-(4-chlorophenyl)-s-triazine; 2,4-bis[2-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-6-(4-chlorophenyl)-s-triazine; 2,4-bis[2-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-s-triazine; 2,4-bis[2-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl]-6-(4-bromophenyl)-s-triazine; 2,4-bis[2-hydroxy-4-(2-acetoxyethoxy)phenyl]-6-(4-chlorophenyl)-s-triazine, 2,4-bis(2,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-6-(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-s-triazine.

3. Metal Deactivators, for Example

N,N′-diphenyloxalic acid diamide, N-salicylal-N′-salicyloyl-hydrazine, N,N′-bis-salicyloylhydrazine, N,N′-bis-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylpropionyl)-hydrazine, 3-salicyloylamino-1,2,4-triazole, bis-benzylidene-oxalic acid dihydrazide.

4. Phosphites and phosphonites, for Example

triphenyl phosphite, diphenylalkyl phosphites, phenyldialkyl phosphites, tri-(nonylphenyl) phosphite, trilauryl phosphite, trioctadecyl phosphite, di-stearyl-pentaerythritol diphosphite, tris-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, di-isodecyl-pentaerythitol diphosphite, di-(2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl)-pentaerythritol diphosphite, di-(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)-pentaerythritol diphosphite, di-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite, tristearyl-sorbitol triphosphite, tetrakis-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) 4,4′-diphenylylenediphosphonite.

5. Compounds which Destroy Peroxide, for Example

esters of β-thiodipropionic acid, for example the lauryl, stearyl, myristyl or tridecyl esters, mercapto-benzimidazole or the zinc salt of 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, zinc dibutyl-dithiocarbamate, dioctadecyl disulfide, pentaerythritol tetrakis-(β-dodecylmercapto)-propionate.

6. Hydroxylamines, for Example

N,N-dibenzylhydroxylamine, N,N-diethylhydroxylamine, N,N-dioctylhydroxylamine, N,N-dilaurylhydroxylamine, N,N-ditetradecylhydroxylamine, N,N-dihexadecylhydroxylamine, N,N-dioctadecylhydroxylamine, N-hexadecyl-N-octadecylhydroxylamine, N-heptadecyl-N-octadecylhydroxylamine, N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine derived from hydrogenated tallow amine.

7. Nitrones, for Example

N-benzyl-alpha-phenyl nitrone, N-ethyl-alpha-methyl nitrone, N-octyl-alpha-heptyl nitrone, N-lauryl-alpha-undecyl nitrone, N-tetradecyl-alpha-tridecyl nitrone, N-hexadecyl-alpha-pentadecyl nitrone, N-octadecyl-alpha-heptadecylnitrone, N-hexadecyl-alpha-heptadecyl nitrone, N-octadecyl-alpha-pentadecyl nitrone, N-heptadecyl-alpha-heptadecyl nitrone, N-octadecyl-alpha-hexadecyl nitrone, nitrone derived from N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine derived from hydrogenated tallow amine.

8. Polyamide Stabilizers, for Example

copper salts in combination with iodides and/or phosphorus compounds and salts of divalent manganese.

9. Basic Co-stabilizers, for Example

melamine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, dicyandiamide, triallyl cyanurate, urea derivatives, hydrazine derivatives, amines, polyamides, polyurethanes, alkali metal salts and alkaline earth metal salts of higher fatty acids for example Ca stearate, Zn stearate, Mg stearate, Na ricinoleate and K palmitate, antimony pyrocatecholate or zinc pyrocatecholate.

10. Nucleating Agents, for Example

4-tert-butyl-benzoic acid, adipic acid, diphenylacetic acid.

11. Fillers and Reinforcing Agents, for Example

calcium carbonate, silicates, glass fibers, asbestos, talc, kaolin, mica, barium sulfate, metal oxides and hydroxides, carbon black, graphite.

12. Other Additives, for Example

plasticizers, lubricants, emulsifiers, pigments, optical brighteners, flameproofing agents, anti-static agents, blowing agents and thiosynergists such as dilauryl thiodipropionate or distearyl thiodipropionate.

13. Benzofuranones and Indolinones, for Example

those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,325,863, U.S. Pat. No. 4,338,244 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,175,312, or 3-[4-(2-acetoxyethoxy)phenyl]-5,7-di-tert-butyl-benzofuran-2-one, 5,7-di-tert-butyl-3-[4-(2-stearoyloxyethoxy)phenyl]benzofuran-2-one, 3,3′-bis[5,7-di-tert-butyl-3-(4-[2-hydroxyethoxy]phenyl)benzofuran-2-one], 5,7-di-tert-butyl-3-(4-ethoxyphenyl)benzofuran-2-one, 3-(4-acetoxy-3,5-dimethylphenyl)-5,7-di-tert-butyl-benzofuran-2-one, 3-(3,5-di-methyl-4-pivaloyloxyphenyl)-5,7-di-tert-butyl-benzofuran-2-one.

14. Amine Oxides, for Example

amine oxide derivatives as disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,844,029 and 5,880,191, didecyl methyl amine oxide, tridecyl amine oxide, tridodecyl amine oxide and trihexadecyl amine oxide. U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,844,029 and 5,880,191 disclose the use of saturated hydrocarbon amine oxides towards the stabilization of thermoplastic resins. It is disclosed that the thermoplastic compositions may further contain a stabilizer or mixture of stabilizers selected from phenolic antioxidants, hindered amine light stabilizers, ultraviolet light absorbers, organic phosphorus compounds, alkaline metal salts of fatty acids and thiosynergists. The co-use of amine oxides with other stabilizers towards stabilizing polyolefins is not exemplified.

The amine oxides costabilizers are of Formula (I)

wherein

E₁ and E₂ are independently a straight or branched chain alkyl of 6 to 36 carbon atoms, aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms, aralkyl of 7 to 36 carbon atoms, alkaryl of 7 to 36 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl of 5 to 36 carbon atoms, alkcycloalkyl of 6 to 36 carbon atoms or cycloalkylalkyl of 6 to 36 carbon atoms;

E₃ is a straight or branched chain alkyl of 1 to 36 carbon atoms, aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms, aralkyl of 7 to 36 carbon atoms, alkaryl of 7 to 36 carbon atoms, cycloalkyl of 5 to 36 carbon atoms, alkcycloalkyl of 6 to 36 carbon atoms or cycloalkylalkyl of 6 to 36 carbon atoms; with the proviso that at least one of E₁, E₂ and E₃ contains a carbon-hydrogen bond; and

wherein said alkyl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, alkcycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl groups may be interrupted by one to sixteen —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO₂—, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —NE₄—, —CONE₄— and —NE₄CO— groups, or wherein said alkyl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, alkcycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl groups may be substituted by one to sixteen groups selected from —OE₄, —SE₄, —COOE₄, —OCOE₄, —COE₄, —N(E₄)₂, —CON(E₄)₂, —NG₄COE₄ and 5- and 6-membered rings containing the —C(CH₃)(CH₂R_(x))NL₁(CH₂R_(x))(CH₃)C— group or wherein said alkyl, aralkyl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, alkcycloalkyl and cycloalkylalkyl groups are both interrupted and substituted by the groups mentioned above; and

 wherein

E₄ is independently hydrogen or alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms;

R_(x) is hydrogen or methyl, preferably hydrogen;

L₁ is a C₁₋₃₀ straight or branched chain alkyl moiety, a —C(O)R₃₀ moiety wherein R₃₀ is a C₁₋₃₀ straight or branched chain alkyl group, or a —OR₃₀ moiety wherein R₃₀ is a C₁₋₃₀ straight or branched chain alkyl group; and

wherein said aryl groups may be substituted by one to three halogen, alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, alkoxy of 1 to 8 carbon atoms or combinations thereof.

A preferred structure of formula (I) is where E₁ and E₂ are independently benzyl or substituted benzyl. It is also possible for each of E₁, E₂, and E₃ to be the same residue. E₁ and E₂ are also preferably alkyl groups of 8 to 26 carbon atoms and most preferably alkyl groups of 10 to 26 carbon atoms and E₃ is preferably an alkyl group of 1 to 22 carbon atoms and most preferably methyl or substituted methyl. Also, preferred amine oxides include those wherein E₁, E₂, and E₃ are the same alkyl groups of 6 to 36 carbon atoms. Preferably, all of the aforementioned residues for E₁, E₂, and E₃ are saturated hydrocarbon residues or saturated hydrocarbon residues containing at least one of the aforementioned —O—, —S—, —SO—, —CO₂—, —CO—, or —CON— moieties. Those skilled in the art will be able to envision other useful residues for each of E₁, E₂, and E₃ without detracting from the present invention.

The saturated amine oxides may also includes poly(amine oxides). By poly(amine oxide) is meant tertiary amine oxides containing at least two tertiary amine oxides per molecule. Illustrative poly(amine oxides), also called “poly(tertiary amine oxides)”, include the tertiary amine oxide analogues of aliphatic and alicyclic diamines such as, for example, 1,4-diaminobutane; 1,6-diaminohexane; 1,10-diaminodecane; and 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, and aromatic based diamines such as, for example, diamino anthraquinones and diaminoanisoles.

Also included are tertiary amine oxides derived from oligomers and polymers of the aforementioned diamines. Useful amine oxides also include amine oxides attached to polymers, for example, polyolefins, polyacrylates, polyesters, polyamides, polystyrenes, and the like. When the amine oxide is attached to a polymer, the average number of amine oxides per polymer can vary widely as not all polymer chains need to contain an amine oxide. All of the aforementioned amine oxides may optionally contain at least one —O—, —S—, —SO—, —CO₂—, —CO—, or —CONE₄— moiety. In a preferred embodiment, each tertiary amine oxide of the polymeric tertiary amine oxide contains a C₁ residue.

The groups E₁, E₂ and E₃ of formula (1) may be attached to a molecule containing a hindered amine. Hindered amines are known in the art and the amine oxide of the present invention may be attached to the hindered amine in any manner and structural position of the hindered amine. Useful hindered amines when part of a compound of the amine oxide coadditive include those of the general formulas (II) and (III):

wherein L₁ and R_(x) are as described above. Also included are amine oxides containing more than one hindered amine and more than one saturated amine oxide per molecule. The hindered amine may be attached to a poly(tertiary amine oxide) or attached to a polymeric substrate, as discussed above.

The co-stabilizers, with the exception of the benzofuranones listed under 11, are added for example in concentrations of 0.01 to 10%, relative to the total weight of the material to be stabilized.

Further preferred compositions comprise, in addition to components (a) and (b) further additives, in particular phenolic antioxidants, light stabilizers or processing stabilizers.

Particularly preferred additives are phenolic antioxidants (item 1 of the list), sterically hindered amines (item 2.6 of the list), phosphites and phosphonites (item 4 of the list) and per-oxide-destroying compounds (item 5.) of the list.

Additional additives (stabilizers) which are also particularly preferred are benzofuran-2-ones, such as described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 4,325,863, U.S. Pat. No. 4,338,244 or U.S. Pat. No. 5,175,312.

The phenolic antioxidant of particular interest is selected from the group consisting of n-octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, neopentanetetrayl tetrakis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinammate), di-n-octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphonate, 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)isocyanurate, thiodiethylene bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate), 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 3,6-dioxaoctamethylene bis(3-methyl-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate), 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, 2,2′-ethylidene-bis(4,6-di-tert-butylphenol), 1,3,5-tris(2,6-dimethyl-4-tert-butyl-3-hydroxybenzyl)isocynurate, 1,1,3,-tris(2-methyl-4-hydroxy-5-tert-butylphenyl)butane, 1,3,5-tris-[2-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamoyloxy)ethyl]isocyanurate, 3,5-di-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)mesitol, hexamethylene bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate), 1-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyanilino)-3,5-di(octylthio)-s-triazine, N,N′-hexamethylene-bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamamide), calcium bis(ethyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylphosphonate), ethylene bis[3,3-di(3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)butyrate], octyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzylmercaptoacetate, bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamoyl)hydrazide, and N,N′-bis[2-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamoyloxy)-ethyl]-oxamide.

A most preferred phenolic antioxidant is neopentanetetrayl tetrakis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate), n-octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, 1,3,5-tri-methyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)isocyanurate, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol or 2,2′-ethylidene-bis(4,6-di-tert-butylphenol).

The hindered amine compound of particular interest is selected from the group consisting of bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, di(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl) (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-butylmalonate, 4-benzoyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 4-stearyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 3-n-octyl-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,3,8-triaza-spiro[4.5]decane-2,4-dione, tris(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) nitrilotriacetate, 1,2-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-3-oxopiperazin-4-yl)ethane, 2,2,4,4-tetramethyl-7-oxa-3,20-diaza-21-oxodispiro[5.1.11.2]heneicosane, polycondensation product of 2,4-dichloro-6-tert-octylamino-s-triazine and 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine), polycondensation product of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine and succinic acid, polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis-(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 1,2-dibromoethane, tetrakis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, tetrakis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl) 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, polycondensation product of 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine and 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine), N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis[(4,6-bis(butyl-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)-amino-s-triazin-2-yl ]-1,10-diamino-4,7-diazadecane, polycondensation product of 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine and 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidine), mixed [2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl/β,β,β′,β′-tetramethyl-3,9-(2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]-undecane) diethyl] 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, mixed [1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl/β,β,β′,β′-tetramethyl-3,9-(2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro[5.5]undecane)diethyl] 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylate, octamethylene bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-carboxylate), 4,4′-ethylenebis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperazin-3-one), N-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl-n-dodecylsuccinimide, N-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl-n-dodecylsuccinimide, N-1-acetyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yln-dodecylsuccinimide, 1-acetyl3-dodecyl-7,7,9,9-tetramethyl-1,3,8-triazaspiro[4.5]decane-2,4-dione, di-(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, di-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) succinate, 1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxy-piperidine, poly-{[6-tert-octylamino-s-triazin-2,4-diyl][2-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)imino-hexamethylene-[4-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)imino], 2,4,6-tris[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-n-butylamino]-s-triazine, 2-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-4,6-bis{N-[1-(cyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-butylamino-s-triazine, oligomer of N-{[2-(N-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′ ″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine; N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, oligomer of N-{2-[(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, or the condensation product of 2-morpholino-4,6-dichloro-s-triazine with N,N′-bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine.

A most preferred hindered amine compound is bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, di(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)butylmalonate, the polycondensation product of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine and succinic acid, the polycondensation product of 2,4-dichloro-6-tert-octylamino-s-triazine and 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine), N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis[(4,6-bis(butyl-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-s-triazine-2-yl]-1,10-diamino-4,7-diazadecane, di-(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, di-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) succinate, 1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxy-piperidine, poly-{[6-tert-octylamino-s-triazin-2,4-diyl][2-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)imino-hexamethylene-[4-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)imino], or 2,4,6-tris[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-n-butylamino]-s-triazine.

The instant composition can additionally contain another UV absorber selected from the group consisting of the s-triazines, the oxanilides, the hydroxybenzophenones, benzoates and the α-cyanoacrylates.

Particularly, the instant composition may additionally contain an effective stabilizing amount of at least one other 2-hydroxyphenyl-2H-benzotriazole; another tris-aryl-s-triazine; or hindered amine or mixtures thereof.

Preferably, the 2-hydroxyphenyl-2H-benzotriazole is selected from the group consisting of

2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

2-[2-hydroxy-3,5-di(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

2-[2-hydroxy-3-(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)-5-tert-octylphenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

2-{2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-[2-(omega-hydroxy-octa(ethyleneoxy)carbonyl)ethyl]-phenyl}-2H-benzotriazole; and

2-{2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-[2-(octyloxy)carbonyl)ethyl]phenyl}-2H-benzotriazole.

Preferably the 2-hydroxyphenyl-2H-benzotriazole may also be selected from the group consisting of

(a) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(b) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(c) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(d) 2,2′-methylene-bis[6-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-tert-octylphenol];

(e) methylene-2-[4-tert-octyl-6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol]2′-[4-tert-octyl-6-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol];

(f) 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamic acid;

(g) methyl 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamate;

(h) isooctyl 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate;

(i) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(j) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-acryloyloxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(k) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-methacryloyloxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(l) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-acrylylaminopropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(m) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-methacrylylaminopropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(n) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(o) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-nonylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(p) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(q) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(r) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(s) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(t) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyl-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(u) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(v) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(w) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole;

(x) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(y) 5-fluoro-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(z) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(aa) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

(bb) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; and

(cc) 5-phenylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole.

Preferably, the other tris-aryl-s-triazine is selected from the group consisting of

2,4-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-6-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-s-triazine;

2,4-diphenyl-6-(2-hydroxy-4-hexyloxyphenyl)-s-triazine;

2,4-bis(2,4-dimethylphenyl)-6-[2-hydroxy-4-(3-do-/tri-decyloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy)-phenyl]-s-triazine; and

2-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-4,6-bis[N-butyl-N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino]-s-triazine.

The acrylic resin lacquers which can be stabilized against light, moisture and oxygen in accordance to the instant invention are conventional acrylic resin stoving lacquers or thermosetting resins including acrylic/melamine systems which are described, for example, in H. Kittel's “Lehrbuch and Beschichtungen”, Vol. 1, Part 2 on pages 735 and 742 (Berlin 1972), “Lackkunstharze” (1977) by H. Wagner and H. F. Sarx on pages 229-238, and in S. Paul's “Surface Coatings: Science and Technology”, (1985).

The polyester lacquers which can be stabilized against the action of light and moisture are conventional stoving lacquers described e.g. in H. Wagner and H. F. Sarx, op. cit., on pages 86-99.

The alkyd resin lacquers which can be stabilized against the action of light and moisture in accordance with the instant invention are the conventional stoving lacquers which are used in particular for coating automobiles (automobile finishing lacquers), for example lacquers based on alkyd/melamine resins and alkyd/acrylic/melamine resins (see H. Wagner and H. F. Sarx, “Lackkunstharze” (1977), pages 99-123). Other crosslinking agents include glycoluril resins, blocked or unblocked isocyanates or epoxy resins. Other lacquers which can be stabilized include those with crosslinkable functionalities such as carbamate and siloxane.

The lacquers stabilized in accordance with the invention are suitable both for metal finish coatings and solid shade finishes, especially in the case of retouching finishes, as well as various coil coating applications. The lacquers stabilized in accordance with the invention are preferably applied in the conventional manner by two methods, either by the single-coat method or by the two-coat method. In the latter method, the pigment-containing base coat is applied first and then a covering coat of clear lacquer over it.

Although major emphasis in this application is directed to acid-catalyzed baked finishes, it is also to be noted that the compounds of the present invention are applicable for use in non-acid catalyzed thermoset resins such as epoxy, epoxy-polyester, vinyl, alkyd, acrylic and polyester resins, optionally modified with silicon, isocyanates or isocyanurates. The epoxy and epoxy-polyester resins are crosslinked with conventional crosslinkers such as acids, acid anhydrides, amines and the like. Correspondingly, the epoxide may be utilized as the crosslinking agent for various acrylic or polyester resin systems that have been modified by the presence of reactive groups on the backbone structure.

The amount of instant stabilizer compound used is 0.1 to 5% by weight, based on the solvent-free binder, preferably 0.5 to 2% by weight. The binders can be dissolved or dispersed in customary organic solvents or in water or can be solvent-free.

When used in two-coat finishes, the compounds of the instant invention can be incorporated in the clear coat or both in the clear coat and in the pigmented base coat.

To attain maximum light stability, the concurrent use of other conventional light stabilizers can be advantageous. Examples are UV absorbers of the benzophenone, benzotriazole, acrylic acid derivatives, oxalanilide, aryl-s-triazine or metal-containing types (e.g. organic nickel compounds). In two-coat systems, these additional light stabilizers can be added to the clear coat and/or the pigmented base coat.

If such combinations of stabilizers are used, the sum of all light stabilizers is 0.2 to 20% by weight, preferably 0.5 to 5% by weight, based on the film-forming resin.

When water-soluble, water miscible or water dispersible coating are desired ammonium salts of acid groups present in the resin are formed. Powder coating composition can be prepared by reacting glycidyl methacrylate with selected alcohol components.

It is also contemplated that the instant compounds would find particular value when used with water-soluble inks and related polar oriented utilities where the presence of the OH moiety would provide for better compatibility and properties related to such aqueous environments.

The instant compounds are also useful in the stabilization of acid catalyzed thermoset resins which are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,112,890, the relevant parts of which are incorporated herein by reference.

These resins are used in baked enamels or stoving lacquers. Hindered amine light stabilizers are well known to be effective in stabilizing a host of organic substrates including polymers from the deleterious effects of oxygen and light. Such hindered amine light stabilizers have been used in the stabilization of hot-crosslinkable alkyd or acrylic metallic stoving lacquers (see U.S. Pat. No. 4,426,472) and in stabilizing acid-catalyzed stoving lacquers based on hot-crosslinkable acrylic polyester or alkyl resins (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,344,876 and 4,426,471). None of the hindered amine light stabilizers of these patents possess structures having an O-substituted hydroxyl group substituted directly on the N-atom of the hindered amine. The instant compounds have such substitution and additionally are even less basic than the NOR compounds described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,112,890 as is seen in instant working Example 114.

In their industrial uses, enamels with high solids content based on crosslinkable acrylic, polyester, urethane or alkyd resins are cured with an additional acid catalyst. Light stabilizers containing a basic nitrogen group are generally less than satisfactory in this application. Formation of a salt between the acid catalyst and the light stabilizer leads to incompatibility or insolubility and recipitation of the salt and to a reduced level of cure and to reduced light protective action and poor resistance to moisture.

The acid catalyzed thermoset enamels must be stabilized in order to function acceptably in end-use applications. The stabilizers used are hindered amines, preferably those substituted on the N-atom by an inert blocking group in order to prevent precipitation of the basic amine with the acid catalyst with a concomitant retardation in cure, optionally in combination with UV absorbers as described above.

The stabilizers are needed to impart greater retention of durability to the cured enamels (as measured by 20° gloss, distinction of image, cracking or chalking); the stabilizers must not retard cure (normal bake for auto finishes at 121° C.; and low bake repair at 82° C.) as measured by hardness, adhesion, solvent resistance and humidity resistance; the enamel should not yellow on curing and further color change on exposure to light should be minimized; the stabilizers should be soluble in the organic solvents normally used in coating applications, such as methyl amyl ketone, xylene, n-hexyl acetate, alcohol and the like.

The instant hindered amine light stabilizers on the N-atom by an O-substituted moiety containing a free hydroxyl group fulfill each of these requirements and provide alone or in combination with a UV absorber outstanding light stabilization protection to the cured acid catalyzed thermoset enamels.

The instant invention also pertains to resin systems capable of being fully cured under ambient conditions. For example, applicable resins include allyd, acrylic, polyester and epoxide resins as described in S. Paul's “Surface Coatings: Science and Technology” (1985), pages 70-310. Various acrylic and modified acrylic resins are described in H. Kittel's “Lehrbuch der Lacke unde Beschichtungen”, Vol. 1, Part 2, on pages 735 and 742 (Berlin 1972), and in “Lackkunstharze” (1977) by H. Wagner and H. F. Sarx, op. cit, on pages 229-238. Typical crosslinkable polyester resins which can be stabilized against the action of light and moisture are described e.g. in H. Wagner and H. F. Sarx, op. cit., on pages 86-99. The unmodified and modified alkyd resins which can be stabilized are conventional resins which are used in trade sales, maintenance and automotive refinish coatings. For example, such coatings are based on alkyd resins, alkyd/acrylic resins and alkyd/silicon reins (see H. Wagner and H. F. Sarx, op. cit., pages 99-123) optionally crosslinked by isocyanates or epoxy resins.

In addition various acrylic lacquer coating compositions are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,162,249. Other acrylic/alkyd resins with polyisocyanate additives are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,471,083; and acrylic resins containing either pendant amino ester groups or glycidyl groups are described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,525,521.

The ambient cured coatings stabilized by the instant compounds are suitable both for metal finish coatings and solid shade finishes, especially in the case of retouching finishes. The lacquers stabilized by the instant compounds are preferably applied in a conventional manner by two methods, either by the single-coat method or by the two-coat method. In the latter method, the pigment-containing base coat is applied first and a covering coat of clear lacquer applied over it. When used in two-coat finishes, the instant hindered amine compound can be incorporated in the clear coat or both in the clear coat and in the pigmented base coat.

The instant invention also pertains to abrasion-resistant coating compositions suitable for coating over polycarbonates. Such coatings as described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,214,085 comprise a silyl acrylate, aqueous colloidal silica, a photoinitiator and optionally a polyfunctional acrylate as well as UV absorbers. Such coatings provide resistance after prolonged outdoor exposure to sunlight, moisture, thermal cycling causing yellowing, delamination and formation of microcracks and decreasing transparency.

Related hindered amine stabilizers have been utilized individually and in combination with UV absorbers to improve the performance characteristics of ambient cured coating systems. Notwithstanding such improvements, there still exists a need to further retard the photooxidation and photodegradation of such ambient cured systems and thereby provide increased effectiveness by maintaining the physical integrity of the coatings. Such effectiveness can be manifested by prevention of embrittlement, cracking, corrosion, erosion, loss of gloss, chalking and yellowing of the coating.

It has now been determined that the aforementioned improvements can be achieved by substitution of the N-atom of the hindered amines with an —OR moiety and by the utilization of such derivatives in ambient cured coating systems as is taught in U.S. Pat. No. 5,124,378, the relevant parts of which are incorporated herein by reference. The instant compounds are even less basic than the compounds of U.S. Pat. No. 5,124,378 and are particularly well suited for this task. In particular, the physical integrity of the coatings is maintained to a higher degree with significant reduction in loss of gloss and in yellowing. Accordingly, the instant invention relates to the use of the instant NOR compounds, where the R moiety is furher substituted by a hydroxyl group, optionally together with further stabilizers, for stabilizing ambient cured coatings based on alkyd resins; thermoset acrylic resins; acrylic alkyds; acrylic alkyd or polyester resins optionally modified with silicon, isocyanates, isocyanurates, ketimines or oxazolidines; and epoxide resins crosslinked with carboxylic acids, anhydrides, polyamines or mercaptans; and acrylic and polyester resin systems modified with reactive groups in the backbone thereof and crosslinked with epoxides; against the degradative effects of light, moisture and oxygen.

The instant invention also relates to electrodeposited coatings applied to metal substrates where various top coats may be applied thereover. The inclusion of the instant compounds in the E-coat provides delamination resistance to said E-coats. The primary resins in said E-coats are acrylic or epoxy resins. These E-coats are described in European patent application EP 0 576 943 A1.

The instant invention also pertains to UV-cured coating systems using unsaturated acrylic resins, polyurethane acrylates, epoxy acrylates, polyester acrylates, unsaturated polyester/styrene resins and silyl acrylates.

Powder Coatings

The instant invention also pertains to powder coating formulations which require resistance to photodegradation. Resin systems which would be applicable include glycidyl methacrylate or acrylate-functional acrylic or acrylic hybrids, crosslinked with diacids or anhydrides; acid or anhydride functional acrylic or polyester resins crosslinked with TGIC; hydroxyl functional acrylic or polyester resins crosslinked with isocyanates. The stabilized coating may be a single layer applied to a substrate, or may be a clearcoat applied over a waterborne or solvent-borne basecoat.

The stabilized coating may also contain a UV absorber, consisting of one of the aforementioned compounds.

Radiation-Cured Systems

The instant invention also pertains to radiation-cured coating systems. These systems would consist of:

a. Ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable compounds

b. At least one photoinitiator

c. One or more of the instant stabilizing compounds

The coating composition may also include a UV absorbing stabilizer, represented by one of the classes mentioned.

The coating may also include pigments or other colorants designed to provide opacity or aesthetic properties.

The ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable compounds can contain one or more than one olefinic double bond. They may be low molecular (monomeric) or high molecular (oligomeric) compounds.

Typical examples of monomers containing one double bond are alkyl or hydroxyalkyl acrylates or methacrylates, for example methyl, ethyl, butyl, 2-ethylhexyl and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, isobomyl acrylate, and methyl and ethyl methacrylate. Further examples of these monomers are acrylonitrile, acrylamide, methacrylamide, N-substituted (meth)acrylamides, vinyl esters such as vinyl acetate, vinyl ethers such as isobutyl vinyl ether, styrene, alkylstyrenes, halostyrenes, N-vinylpyrrolidone, vinyl chloride and vinylidene chloride.

Examples of monomers containing more than one double bond are ethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, hexamethylene glycol diacrylate, bisphenol A diacrylate, 4,4′-bis(2-acryloyloxyethoxy)diphenylpropane, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate and tetraacrylate, pentaetythritol divinyl ether, vinyl acrylate, divinyl benzene, divinyl succinate, diallyl phthalate, triallyl phosphate, triallyl isocyanurate or tris(2-acryloylethyl)isocyanurate. Examples of high molecular weight (oligomeric) polyunsaturated compounds are acrylated epoxy resins, acrylated polyethers, acrylated polyurethanes and acrylated polyesters. Further examples of unsaturated oligomers are unsaturated polyester resins, which are usually prepared from maleic acid, phthalic acid and one or more diols and which have molecular weights of greater than about 500. Unsaturated oligomers of this type are also known as prepolymers.

Typical examples of unsaturated compounds are esters of ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids and polyols or polyepoxides, and polymers containing ethylenically unsaturated groups in the chain or in side groups, including unsaturated polyesters, polyamides and polyurethanes and copolymers thereof, polybutadiene and butadiene copolymers, polyisoprene and isoprene copolymers, polymers and copolymers containing (meth)acrylic groups in side-chains, as well as mixtures of one or more than one such polymer.

Illustrative examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, cinnamic acid, unsaturated fatty acids such as linolenic acid or oleic acid. Acrylic and methacrylic acid are preferred.

Suitable polyols are aromatic and, preferably, aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols. Aromatic polyols are typically hydroquinone, 4,4′-dihydroxydiphenyl, 2,2-bis(4-hydroxyphenyl)propane, as well as novolacs and cresols. Polyepoxides include those based on the cited polyols, preferably on the aromatic polyols and epichlorohydrin. Further suitable polyols are polymers and copolymers which contain hydroxyl groups in the polymer chain or in side groups, for example polyvinyl alcohol and copolymers thereof or hydroxyalkyl polymethacrylates or copolymers thereof. Other suitable polyols are oligoesters carying hydroxyl end groups.

Illustrative examples of aliphatic and cycloaliphatic polyols are alkylenediols containing preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, including ethylene glycol, 1,2- or 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-butanediol, pentanediol, hexanediol, octanediol, dodecanediol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, polyethylene glycols having molecular weights of preferably 200 to 1500, 1,3-cyclopentanediol, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-dihydroxymethylcyclohexane, glycerol, tris(β-hydroxyethyl)amine, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol and sorbitol.

The polyols may be esterified partially or completely with one or with different unsaturated carboxylic acids, in which case the free hydroxyl groups of the partial esters may be modified, for example etherified, or esterified with other carboxylic acids.

Illustrative examples of esters are: Trimethylolpropane triacrylate, trimethylolethane triacrylate, trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate, trimethylolethane trimethacrylate, tetramethylene glycol dimethacrylate, triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol diacrylate, pentaerythritol diacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol diacrylate, dipentaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexacrylate, tripentaeryiritol octacrylate, pentaerytiritol dimethacrylate, pentaerythritol trimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol dimethacrylate, dipentaerythritol tetramethacrylate, tripentaerythritol octamethacrylate, pentaerythritol diitaconate, dipentaerythritol trisitaconate, dipentaerythritol pentaitaconate, dipentaerythritol hexaitaconate, ethylene glycol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, 1,3-butanediol dimethacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diitaconate, sorbitol triacrylate, sorbitol tetraacrylate, pentaerythritol-modified triacrylate, sorbitol tetramethacrylate, sorbitol pentacrylate, sorbitol hexacrylate, oligoester acrylates and methacrylates, glycerol di- and-triacrylate, 1,4-cyclohexanediacrylate, bisacrylates and bismethacrylates of polyethylene glycol having molecular weights of 200 to 1500, or mixtures thereof. Polyfunctional monomers and oligomers are available for example from UCB Chemicals, Smyrna, Ga. and Sartomer, Exton, Pa.

Suitable ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable compounds are also the amides of identical or different unsaturated carboxylic acids of aromatic, cycloaliphatic and aliphatic polyamines containing preferably 2 to 6, more particularly 2 to 4, amino groups. Exemplary of such polyamines are ethylenediamine, 1,2- or 1,3-propylenediamine, 1,2-, 1,3- or 1,4-butylenediamine, 1,5-pentylenediamine, 1,6-hexylenediamine, octylenediamine, dodecylenediamine, 1,4-diaminocyclohexane, isophoronediamine, phenylenediamine, bisphenylenediamine, bis(β-aminoethyl) ether, diethylenetriamine, triethylenetetramine, bis(β-aminoethoxy)ethane or bis(β-aminopropoxy)ethane. Other suitable polyamines are polymers and copolymers which may contain additional amino groups in the side-chain and oligoamides containing amino end groups.

Exemplary of such unsaturated amides are: Methylenebisacrylamide, 1,6-hexamethylenebisacrylamide, diethylenetriaminetrismethacrylamide, bis(methacrylamidopropoxy)ethane, β-methacrylamidoethylmethacrylate, N-[(β-hydroxyethoxy)ethyl]acrylamide.

Suitable unsaturated polyesters and polyamides are derived typically from maleic acid and diols or diamines. Maleic acid can be partially replaced by other dicarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid or chloromaleic acid. To control the reactivity of the polyester and to influence the crosslinking density and hence the product properties, it is possible to use in addition to the unsaturated dicarboxylic acids different amounts of saturated dicarboxylic acids such as phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, tetrahydrophthalic acid, succinic acid or adipic acid. The unsaturated polyesters can be used together with ethylenically unsaturated comonomers such as styrene. The polyesters and polyamides can also be derived from dicarboxylic acids and ethylenically unsaturated diols or diamines, especially from those with long chains containing typically from 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Polyurethanes are typically those derived from saturated or unsaturated diisocyanates and unsaturated and saturated diols.

Suitable polyester acrylates or acrylated polyesters are obtained by reacting oligomers, typically epoxides, urethanes, polyethers or polyesters, with acrylates such as hydroxyethyl acrylate or hydroxypropyl acrylate.

Polybutadiene and polyisoprene and copolymers thereof are known. Suitable comonomers include olefins such as ethylene, propene, butene, hexene, (meth)acrylates, acrylonitrile, styrene or vinyl chloride. Polymers containing (meth)acrylate groups in the side-chain are also known. They may typically be reaction products of epoxy resins based on novolak with (meth)acrylic acid, homo- or copolymers of polyvinyl alcohol or their hydroxyalkyl derivatives which are esterified with (meth)acrylic acid or homo- and copolymers of (meth)acrylates which are esterified with hydroxyalkyl(meth)acrylates.

Preferred monomers are typically alkyl- or hydroxyalkyl acrylates or methacrylates, styrene, ethylene glycol diacrylate, propylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, hexamethylene glycol diacrylate or bisphenol A diacrylate, 4,4′-bis(2-acryloyloxyethoxy)diphenylpropane, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate or tetraacrylate, preferably acrylates, styrene, hexamethylene glycol or bisphenol A diacrylate, 4,4′-bis(2-acryloyloxyethoxy)diphenylpropane or trimethylolpropane triacrylate.

Particularly preferred (oligomeric) polyunsaturated compounds are polyester acrylates or unsaturated polyester resins which are prepared from maleic acid, fumaric acid, phthalic acid and one or more than one diol, and which typically have molecular weights from about 500 to 3000.

Preferred unsaturated carboxylic acids are acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.

The photopolymerizable compounds are used by themselves or in any desired mixtures. It is preferred to use mixtures of polyol(meth)acrylates.

Binders may also be added to the unsaturated photopolymerizable compounds. The addition of binders is particularly useful if the photopolymerizable compounds are liquid or viscous substances. The amount of binder may be from 5-95, preferably 10-90 and, most preferably, 40-90, percent by weight, based on the entire composition. The choice of binder will depend on the field of use and the desired properties therefore, such as the ability of the compositions to be developed in aqueous and organic solvent systems, adhesion to substrates and susceptibility to oxygen.

Suitable binders are typically polymers having a molecular weight of about 5,000 to 2,000,000, preferably 10,000 to 1,000,000. Illustrative examples are: Homo- and copolymers of acrylates and methacrylates, including copolymers of methyl methacrylate/ethyl acrylate/methacrylic acid, poly(alkylmethacrylates), poly(alkylacrylates); cellulose esters and ethers such as cellulose acetate, cellulose acetobutyrate, methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose; polyvinyl butyral, polyvinyl formal, cyclized rubber, polyethers such as polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide, polytetrahydrofuran; polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyurethane, chlorinated polyolefins, polyvinyl chloride, copolymers of vinyl chloride/vinylidene chloride, copolymers of vinylidene chloride with acrylonitrile, methyl methacrylate and vinyl acetate, polyvinyl acetate, copoly(ethylene/vinyl acetate), polymers such as polycaprolactam and poly(hexamethylene adipamide), polyesters such as poly(ethylene glycol terephthalate) and poly(hexamethylene glycol succinate).

The unsaturated compounds can also be used in admixture with non-photopolymerizable film-forming components. These components may be physically drying polymers or solutions thereof in organic solvents, for example nitrocellulose or cellulose acetobutyrate. The photopolymerizable unsaturated monomers may be a component of a free radical-ionic curable blend, such as a free radical-cationic curable blend. Also of importance are systems that undergo both thermal and photo-induced curing cycles, such as are used in powder coatings, laminates, certain adhesives and conformal coatings.

Mixtures of a prepolymer with polyunsaturated monomers which, additionally contain a further unsaturated monomer are frequently used in paint systems. The prepolymer in this instance primarily determines the properties of the paint film and, by varying it, the skilled person can influence the properties of the cured film. The polyunsaturated monomer acts as crosslinking agent that renders the paint film insoluble. The mono-unsaturated monomer acts as reactive diluent with the aid of which the viscosity is lowered without having to use a solvent. Moreover, properties of the cured composition such as curing rate, crosslinking density and surface properties are dependent on the choice of monomer.

Unsaturated polyester resins are usually used in two-component systems, together with a mono-unsaturated monomer, preferably with styrene.

Binary electron-rich/electron-poor monomer systems are often employed in thick pigmented coatings. For example, vinyl ether/unsaturated polyester systems are employed in powder coatings and styrene/unsaturated polyester systems are used in gel coats.

A preferred process is that wherein the ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable compounds are a mixture of (i) at least one oligomeric compound and (ii) at least one monomer.

An interesting process is that wherein the ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable compounds are a mixture of (i) unsaturated polyesters, especially those that are prepared from maleic acid, fumaric acid and/or phthalic acid and one or more than one diol, and which have molecular weights of 500 to 3,000, and (ii) acrylates, methacrylates or styrene or combinations thereof.

An important process is also that wherein the ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable compounds are a mixture of (i) unsaturated polyesters and (ii) acrylates or methacrylates or combinations thereof.

Another interesting process is that wherein the ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable compounds are a mixture of (i) unsaturated polyester acrylates and (ii) acrylates or methacrylates or combinations thereof.

Synthesis of Compounds

The instant compounds may be prepared by the reaction of tributyltin hydride and a halogen substituted alcohol to produce carbon centered radicals that are trapped by nitroxyl compounds.

The instant compounds may also be prepared by coupling an N-oxyl hindered amine with a carbon centered radical generated by the photochemical or thermal decomposition of a perester or dialkyl peroxide in the presence of an alcohol. The bridge compounds described above can be formed when two nitroxyl radicals couple with the same solvent molecule, especially when the amount of solvent is reduced.

The preferred method of preparation of the instant compounds is to react an N-oxyl hindered amine with a carbon centered radical generated by mixing an aqueous or alcoholic solution of a metal ion such as Fe²⁺, Fe³⁺, Cu²⁺ or Cu+ and a peroxide such as tert-butyl hydroperoxide or hydrogen peroxide in the presence of an alcohol solvent at a temperature of 20-80° C. This method is disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,166,212, to Galbo, et al., the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. Especially effective is the combination of ferrous chloride, ferric chloride or ferrous sulfate, particularly ferrous chloride, or ferric chloride, and hydrogen peroxide. Water may be added to the alcohol at the beginning of the reaction to improve solubility of the metal salt or to dissolve an alcohol which is solid at the reaction temperature. A ligand such as 2,2′-dipyridyl, 2,2′:6′,2″-terpyridyl, may be added to the reaction mixture. Two nitroxyl radicals can sometimes couple with the same solvent molecule to produce bridged compounds described in some formulas listed earlier. The formation of bridge compounds is more favored when the amount of solvent is reduced.

Some of the instant hydroxy-substituted N-alkoxy compounds may be reacted with monofunctional or difunctional esters, acids or acid chlorides or isocyanates to form polymeric ester or urethane derivatives.

Other materials that are stabilized according to the instant invention include recording materials such as photographic reproductions or reprographic materials. The novel recording materials also include, for example, pressure-sensitive copying systems, microcapsule photocopier systems, heat-sensitive copier systems, photographic material and ink-jet printing.

The novel photographic material can be a black and white or a color photographic material, color photographic material is preferred. Further details on the structure of color photographic material and the components which can be employed in such materials are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,538,840 at column 27, line 25 to column 106, line 16. These relevant parts are incorporated herein by reference. Application of the instant novel compounds is essentially as described for UV absorbers or hindered amine stabilizers in U.S. Pat No. 5,538,840.

Further important components, especially couplers, are described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,578,437.

The following examples are for illustrative purposes only and are not to be construed to limit the instant invention in any manner whatsoever.

EXAMPLE 1 Reaction of 1-Oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-one with Cyclohexanol

A solution of 55 g (0.49 mol) of 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added dropwise over a 4.25 hour period to a mixture of 23.5 g (0.14 mol) of 1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-one and 4.0 g (0.020 mol) of ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 14 g (0.14 mol) of cyclohexanol and 150 g of cyclohexane. The reaction temperature is maintained at approximately 40° C. throughout the addition. The reaction mixture is stirred at 40° C. for three hours after the peroxide addition is complete. A second portion of 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (10 g, 0.09 mol) is added and the reaction mixture is heated at 40° C. for seven hours. After the mixture is cooled to room temperature, sodium sulfite (5 g) is added. The reaction temperature is carefully brought to 60° C. for one hour to decompose excess peroxide. Upon cooling, the organic layer is separated, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to give 22.6 g of a brown oil. The oil is dissolved in cyclohexane and passed through silica gel with cyclohexane and then 1:2 (v/v) ethanol/cyclohexane to afford 16.5 g of a yellow oil.

Analysis by gas chromatography and mass spectrometry shows the product to be a mixture which contains at least four isomers of 1-(hydroxycyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-one.

EXAMPLE 2 Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)]sebacate

A solution of 73 g (0.64 mol) of 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added dropwise over a 3.5 hour period to a mixture of 30.0 g (0.059 mol) of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-yl) sebacate and 4.7 g (0.024 mol) of ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 150 g of tert-butyl alcohol and 6 g of water. The reaction temperature is kept at approximately 40° C. throughout the peroxide addition. The reaction mixture is stirred at 40° C. for four hours after the addition is complete. The reaction mixture is diluted with 150 g of ethyl acetate. A solution of 100 g of 20% aqueous sodium sulfite solution is added and the reaction mixture is stirred for 1.5 hours at 45-60° C. to decompose excess peroxide. The aqueous layer is extracted with 100 g of ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers are washed with 200 g of 5% sulfuric acid. Solvent is evaporated to obtain 39.4 g of a pale yellow liquid which is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a 4:1:5 part mixture (by volume) of ethyl acetate:isopropanol:hexane to afford 19.1 g (49% yield) of the title compound as a pale yellow oil.

¹Hnmr (CDCl₃): d=3.65 ppm (4H, —NOCH₂—).

EXAMPLE 3 Reaction of Bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)sebacate with Cyclohexanol

A solution of 70 g (0.62 mol) of 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added dropwise over 2.75 hours to a mixture of 32.4 g (0.063 mol) of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-yl) sebacate and 5.0 g (0.025 mol) of ferrrous chloride tetrahydrate in 100 g of cyclohexanol. The reaction temperature is maintained at 40-45° C. during the addition. The reaction mixture is then stirred at 40° C. for five hours and during this time, fresh 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (5.0 g, 0.074 mol) is added to the reaction mixture in two equal portions. The following day, the reaction mixture is heated to 40° C., another portion of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (2.5 g, 0.037 mol) is added, and the mixture is maintained at 40° C. for another five hours. A solution of 100 g of 20% aqueous sodium sulfite is added to the mixture and the reaction temperature is maintained at 70° C. for 45 minutes to decompose excess hydrogen peroxide. The combined organic layers are concentrated to give 151 g of crude product. Water is added, and residual cyclohexanol is removed by steam distillation. The remaining 50 g of crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with a 10:1:10 part mixture of ethyl acetate:ethanol:hexane to afford 32.9 g of an oil.

NMR analysis shows that the oil contains bis[1-(trans-2-hydroxycyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]sebacate in addition to other structural isomers of said sebacate compound.

EXAMPLE 4 Reaction of 4-Hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with Cyclohexanol

A solution of 50 g (0.74 mol) of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added dropwise over a 1.75 hour period to a mixture of 35.0 g (0.20 mol) of 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine and 10.0 g (0.050 mol) of ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 100 g of cyclohexanol. The reaction temperature is maintained at approximately 40-45° C. throughout the addition. After the peroxide addition is complete, the reaction mixture is stirred at 40° C. for five hours. The mixture is cooled to room temperature and a solution of 100 g of 20% aqueous sodium sulfite is added. The reaction mixture is carefully heated at 60° C. for one hour to decompose excess peroxide. After acetone is added to the organic layer, the crude product mixture is filtered to remove solids and the filtrate is concentrated. Water is added and residual cyclohexanol is removed by steam distillation. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 2:1 (v/v) hexane/ethyl acetate to afford 36.3 g of a yellow oil.

Analysis by mass spectrometry shows the oil to be a mixture of isomers of 1-(hydroxycyclo-hexyloxy)-4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and 1-(dihydroxycyclohexyloxy)-4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine.

EXAMPLE 5 Reaction of 2,4-Bis [N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino-6-chloro-s-triazine with Cyclohexanol

A solution of 30 g (0.44 mol) of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added over a 2 hour period to a mixture of 39.4 g (0.070 mol) of 2,4-bis[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butylamino-6-chloro-s-triazine and 7.0 g (0.035 mol) of ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 150 g of cyclohexanol at a temperature of 40-45° C. The reaction mixture is stirred at 40° C. for ten hours after the peroxide addition is complete, and during this time, another 19 g (0.28 mol) portion of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added. Another portion of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (25 g, 0.37 mol) is added while the reaction mixture is heated at 50-65° C. for four hours. The reaction mixture is treated with a solution of 100 g of 20% aqueous sodium sulfite at 60° C. for one hour to decompose residual peroxide. The organic layer is concentrated to a brown oil which is extracted thrice with cyclohexane and once with ethyl acetate. The combined extracts are concentrated to afford 43.4 g of a yellow solid.

EXAMPLE 6 2,4-Bis {N- [-(trans-2-hydroxycyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-6-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-s-triazine

The product obtained in Example 5 is reacted with ethanolamine and sodium hydroxide solution. The crude reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers are concentrated. The residue is dissolved in ethyl acetate and cyclohexane is added. A brown oil is removed. The remaining solution is concentrated to give 13.7 g of crude product. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 2:1 (v/v) ethyl acetate/hexane and then 8:1 (v/v) ethyl acetate/methanol to afford 6.4 g of a yellow oil. The oil is dissolved in ethanol and treated with decolorizing carbon at 60° C. for one hour. Solids are removed by filtration and the solvent is evaporated to give 6.5 g of an off-white solid, melting at 67-80° C.

NMR analysis shows the solid contains the title compound in addition to a mixture of hydroxy-cyclohexyloxy and dihydroxycyclohexyloxy structural isomers.

EXAMPLE 7 Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]adipate

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-pieridin-4-yl) adipate and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol at 30-50° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The organic layer is concentrated and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 8 Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]glutarate

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-pieridin-4-yl) glutarate and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol at 30-50° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The organic layer is concentrated and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 9 Bis [1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]succinate

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-pieridin-4-yl) succinate and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol at 30-50° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The organic layer is concentrated and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 10 Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-1-phenethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]sebacate

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-pieridin-4-yl) sebacate and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in phenethyl alcohol at 30-50° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The organic layer is concentrated and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 11 2,4-Bis{N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-6-chloro-s-triazine

A total of 40 g (0.59 mol) of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added in two portions over five hours to a mixture of 43.2 g (0.076 mol) of 2,4-bis[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)butylamino-6-chloro-s-triazine and 7.0 g (0.035 mol) of ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 150 g of tert-butyl alcohol and 15 g of water. Another portion of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide (3 g, 0.044 mol) is added to the reaction mixture while the temperature is maintained at 40-45° C. for 2.25 hours. The reaction mixture is diluted with 100 g of ethyl acetate. A solution of 100 g of 20% aqueous sodium sulfite is added and the reaction mixture is heated at 60° C. for one hour to decompose residual peroxide. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers are concentrated. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 1:1 (v/v) hexane/ethyl acetate to afford 54.1 g of the title compound.

EXAMPLE 12 2,4-Bis {N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-6-(2-hydroxyethyl)amino-s-triazine

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the intermediate prepared in Example 11 with ethanolamine and sodium hydroxide. The aqueous layer is removed, and the remaining layer is extracted with cyclohexane. Solvent is evaporated at reduced pressure, and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 1:2 (v/v) hexane/ethyl acetate to afford 4.1 g of the title compound as a white solid, melting at 1 10-120° C.

¹Hnmr (CDCl₃): d=3.54 ppm (q,2H, NCH₂); 3.59 ppm (s,4H, NOCH₂).

EXAMPLE 13 Reaction of the Product of Example 11 with N,N1′-Bis(3-aminopropyl)ethylenediamine

The product prepared in Example 11 is reacted with N,N′-bis(3-aminopropyl)ethylenediamine in a 3:1 molar ratio. The product mixture includes N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N′″-tris {2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine.

EXAMPLE 14 2,4-Bis {N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-6-octylamino-s-triazine

The reaction of the compound prepared in Example 11 with excess octylamine yields the title compound as an off-white glass melting at 68-86° C.

EXAMPLE 15 N,N′-Bis{4,6-bis{N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-s-triazin-2-yl}-1,6-diaminohexane

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 11 with hexamethylenediamine.

EXAMPLE 16A Reaction of 4-Hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with tert-Butyl Alcohol

A solution of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol at 30-60° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite. The organic layer is concentrated and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford a sample of 4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine.

The following bis and tris substituted compounds may be isolated from the reaction mixture, or alternatively, reaction conditions may be modified to afford them as the major product:

EXAMPLE 16D 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl Methacrylate

The title compound is prepared by reaction of the compound prepared in Example 16A with methyl methacrylate.

EXAMPLE 17 4-Allyloxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A suspension of 8.4 g (0.21 mol) of 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil is added in portions at 50° C. to a solution of 49.1 g (0.20 mol) of the compound obtained in Example 16A in 500 ml of anhydrous diglyme. Allyl bromide (20.8 ml, 29.1 g, 0.24 mol) is then added to the reaction mixture over several hours, and the mixture is stirred at 50° C. for 7 hours. The reaction is cooled and quenched with 2N hydrochloric acid solution. After the addition of a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate to neutralize excess acid, the organic layer is concentrated to afford 47.5 g (83% yield) of the title compound, which is a yellow oil.

EXAMPLE 18 4-(2,3-Epoxypropoxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 16A with epichlorohydrin.

EXAMPLE 19 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl 3-{[[[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperdin-4-yloxy]carbonyl]-amino]methyl}-3,5,5-trimethylcyclohexylcarbamate

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 16A with 5-isocyanato-1-(isocyanatomethyl)-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane (isophorone diisocyanate).

EXAMPLE 20 Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]1,6-Hexanedicarbamate

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 16A with hexamethylene diisocyanate.

EXAMPLE 20A Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]toluene-2,4-dicarbamate

The title compound is prepared from the reaction of the compound obtained in Example 16A with toluene-2,4-diisocyanate.

EXAMPLE 20B 1,3,5-tris{[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yloxy]carbonylaminohexyl}-2,4,6-trioxo-s-triazine

The title compound is prepared from the reaction of the compound obtained in Example 16A with 1,3,5-tris[6-isocyanatohexyl]-2,4,6-trioxo-s-triazine (DESMODUR® N-3390). Mono and bis adducts are also formed.

EXAMPLE 21 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl Acrylate

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 16A with methyl acrylate.

EXAMPLE 22 2,4,6-Tris{N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-s-triazine

A solution of 40 g (0.35 mol) of 30% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added over 1.25 hours to a mixture of 11.7 g (0.011 mol) of 2,4,6-tris[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-s-triazine and 3.0 g (0.0 15 mol) of ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 100 g of tert-butyl alcohol and 9 g of water. The reaction temperature is maintained at 60-65° C. during the peroxide addition. Two equal portions (2 g, 0.29 mol) of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide are added to the reaction mixture while the temperature is maintained at 60° C. for 9.5 hours. After the reaction mixture is diluted with ethyl acetate and cooled to room temperature, a solution of 100 g of 20% aqueous sodium sulfite is added. The reaction mixture is heated at 60° C. for one hour to decompose the excess peroxide. The aqueous layer is extracted with ethyl acetate, and the combined organic layers are concentrated. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with 2:1 (v/v) cyclohexane/ethyl acetate to afford a material which is triturated with 1:1(v/v) cyclohexane/acetone to give 4.0 g of the title compound as a white solid, melting at 172-176° C.

EXAMPLE 23A Reaction of 1-Oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-one with tert-Butyl Alcohol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-one and ferrous chloride in tert-butyl alcohol at 30-60° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite. The organic layer is concentrated and the residue is purified by flash chromatography to afford the desired 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-one.

EXAMPLE 23B 4-Butylamino-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A mixture of butylamine, the compound prepared in Example 23A and a catalytic amount of 5% platinum on carbon is hydrogenated at 3 atmospheres using a Parr apparatus. The catalyst is removed by filtration, and the solvent is evaporated to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 24 4-Trimethylsilyloxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

Chlorotrimethylsilane (6.4 ml, 0.050 mol) is added over 15 minutes at 60° C. to a mixture of 12.25 g (0.050 mol) of the compound obtained in Example 16A, 8.5 ml of triethylamine and 125 ml of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran. The reaction mixture is stirred at 60° C. for 2 hours, then stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Solvent is evaporated, and the residue is partitioned between water and dichloromethane. The organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 14.6 g (92% yield) of the title compound as a yellow oil.

EXAMPLE 25 4-Benzoyloxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A solution of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added slowly to a mixture of 4-benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol at 30-60° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed by aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The organic layer is concentrated and the residue is purified by flash chromatography to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 26 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[3-(trimethyl-silyl)propoxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is prepared by reacting the compound prepared in Example 17 with trimethylsilane and hydrogen hexachloroplatinate(IV) in isopropyl alcohol.

EXAMPLE 26A 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[3-(diethylmethylsilyl)propoxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A mixture of 28.5 g (0.10 mol) of the compound obtained in Example 17, 14.5 ml (0.10 mol) of diethylmethylsilane, and 1 ml of a solution of 2% hydrogen hexachloroplatinate(IV) in isopropyl alcohol is heated at reflux for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is distilled under vacuum to obtain a viscous, pale yellow oil. Mass spectroscopy reveals that the reaction product has a molecular ion of 387, which is consistent with formation of the title compound.

EXAMPLE 27 Tetrakis{3-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yloxy]propyl}-1,3,5,7-tetramethylcyclotetrasiloxane

The title compound is prepared by heating a mixture of 30.3 g (0.106 mol) of the compound obtained in Example 17, 6.3 ml (0.026 mol) of 1,3,5,7-tetramethylcyclotetrasiloxane, and 1 ml of a 2% solution of hydrogen hexachloroplatinate(IV) in isopropyl alcohol at 100° C. for 4 hours. The reaction mixture is cooled and partitioned between dichloromethane and water. The organic layer is filtered and concentrated at reduced pressure to obtain 31.7 g (98% yield) of the title compound as a viscous orange oil.

EXAMPLE 28 Poly{[3-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yloxy]propyl]methyl}silane

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 17 with poly(methylsilane) and hydrogen hexachloroplatinate(IV) in isopropyl alcohol.

EXAMPLE 29 Poly{[3-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yloxy]propyl]methyl}siloxane, Terminated with Trimethylsiloxy

The title compound is prepared by heating a mixture of 29.6 g (0.104 mol) of the compound obtained in Example 17, 6.8 g (0.004 mol) of poly(methylhydrosiloxane), terminated with trimethylsiloxy, average molecular weight 1700, and 1 ml of a 1% solution of hydrogen hexachloroplatinate(IV) in isopropyl alcohol at 100° C. for 1 hour. The resulting polymeric mass is partially dissolved in hot dichloromethane, and the suspension is extracted with hot water. The organic layer is concentrated to obtain 34.7 g of the title compound as a white, rubbery solid.

Anal. Calcd. for C_(439.5)H₉₁₀N_(25.5)O₁₀₃Si_(27.5) (n=25.5 in starting material): C, 58.82; H, 10.21; N, 3.97; Found C, 59.62; H 10.11, N 3.08.

EXAMPLE 30 Mixture of Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]glutarate and Bis[1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]adipate

A mixture of the compound prepared in Example 16A, DBE-2 dimethyl ester mixture (DuPont), and lithium amide is heated at reflux in xylene. Methanol is distilled from the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture is quenched with dilute mineral acid, and the organic layer is washed with water and dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The xylene solution is evaporated at reduced pressure to afford the title compound mixture.

EXAMPLE 30A Mixture of Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)]adipate and Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)]glutarate

A solution of aqueous 50% hydrogen peroxide is added dropwise to a mixture of ferric chloride, aqueous hydrochloric acid, water, t-butyl alcohol, and bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) adipate and bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) glutarate, prepared from DBE-3 dibasic ester (DuPont®). Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The reaction mixture is filtered and solvents are evaporated. The residue is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound as a white solid, mp 131.5-133.

EXAMPLE 30B Mixture of Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl]glutarate and Bis[1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl]succinate

When the procedure of Example 30 is repeated with DBE-9 a dimethyl ester mixture (DuPont), the title mixture is prepared.

EXAMPLE 31 Reaction of Bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl) Sebacate with Neopentyl Alcohol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl) sebacate and ferrous chloride in neopentyl alcohol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 32 Reaction of 1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-one with Neopentyl Glycol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-one and ferrous chloride in neopentyl glycol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 33 Reaction of 4-Octadecanoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-piperidine with tert-Amyl Alcohol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-octadecanoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and ferrous chloride in tert-amyl alcohol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 33A Reaction of 4-Hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with 2-methyl-2-butanol

A solution of 34.5 g (0.20 mol) of 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine in 50 ml of water and a solution of 22.5 g of 50% aqueous hydrogen peroxide are added at 90-95° C. to a mixture containing a total of 1.88 g of ferrous sulfate heptahydrate, 2.05 g of methanesulfonic acid, 20 ml of water, and 450 ml of 2-methyl-2-butanol (t-amyl alcohol). The reaction is completed in 6 hours. The reaction mixture is filtered to remove solids, and the filtrate is stirred with sodium sulfite followed by basic sodium borohydride. The aqueous layer is removed, and the organic layer is concentrated and purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate to afford 46.3 g of a yellow oil. Analysis by gas chromatography-mass spectroscopy reveals that the product is a mixture of 3 major components, all with molecular weight 259, which correspond to the addition of t-amyl alcohol to the starting nitroxyl compound.

EXAMPLE 33B Transesterification of the Reaction Product of Example 33A with Methyl Stearate

A mixture of 44.8 g (0.173 mol) of the reaction product obtained in Example 33A, 47.1 g (0.158 mol) of methyl stearate, 0.223 g of lithium amide, and toluene is heated at reflux. Methanol is distilled from the reaction mixture along with some of the toluene. The reaction mixture is quenched with dilute acetic acid, and washed successively with water, dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and saturated sodium chloride solution. The toluene solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a solid. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate affords 70.0 g of an off white solid product, mp 38-43.

EXAMPLE 34 4-Benzoyloxy-1-(2-hydroxycyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 2-bromocyclohexanol and excess 4-benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine in chlorobenzene. The mixture is heated to facilitate reaction. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound as a mixture of cis/trans isomers.

EXAMPLE 35 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxycyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is prepared by heating the compound prepared in Example 34 in a solution of potassium hydroxide in methanol.

EXAMPLE 36 Reaction of 4-Benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with Propylene Glycol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in propylene glycol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 37 Reaction of 4-Benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with Trimethylene Glycol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in trimethylene glycol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 38 Bis[1-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]sebacate

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 2-iodoethanol and excess bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate in chlorobenzene. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 39 Reaction of Bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl) sebacate with Isopropanol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl) sebacate and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in isopropanol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 40 Reaction of 4-Benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine with 1,4-Butanediol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 1,4-butanediol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 41 Reaction of 4-Hexyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine with Pinacol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-hexyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6tetra-methylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in pinacol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 42 Reaction of 1-Oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-one with Glycerol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-one and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in glycerol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 43 Reaction of 4-Hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine with 2-Ethyl-1-hexanol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in 2-ethyl-1-hexanol according to the procedure of Example 25.

EXAMPLE 44 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-hexadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A mixture of 12.11 g (49.4 mmol) of the compound obtained in Example 16A, 12.11 g (44.8 mmol) of methyl hexadecanoate (methyl palmitate), 0.76 g of lithium amide, and toluene is heated at reflux. Methanol is distilled from the reaction mixture along with some of the toluene. The reaction mixture is quenched with dilute acetic acid, and washed successively with aqueous methanol, dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and saturated sodium chloride solution. The toluene solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a solid. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate affords 18 g of a solid. Recrystallization from methanol yields 10.7 g of the title compound as a white solid, mp 60-64.

EXAMPLE 44A 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-eicosanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A mixture of 8.40 g (34.2 mmol) of the compound obtained in Example 16A, 10.17 g (31.1 mmol) of methyl eicosanoate, 0.35 g of lithium amide, and toluene is heated at reflux. The reaction mixture is quenched with dilute acetic acid, and washed successively with aqueous methanol, dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and saturated sodium chloride solution. The toluene solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a solid which is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate to afford 9.9 g of the title compound as a white solid, mp 69-73.

EXAMPLE 44B 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-(2-ethylhexanoyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A mixture of 51.6 g (0.210 mol) of the compound obtained in Example 16A, 30.6 g (0.193 mol) of methyl 2-ethylhexanoate, 1.26 g of lithium amide, and toluene is heated at reflux. Methanol is distilled from the reaction mixture along with some of the toluene. The reaction mixture is quenched with dilute acetic acid, and washed successively with aqueous methanol, dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and saturated sodium chloride solution. The toluene solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a yellow liquid. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate affords 51.0 g of the title compound as a pale yellow oil.

EXAMPLE 44C 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-dodecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A mixture of 72.7 g (0.297 mol) of the compound obtained in Example 16A, 51.9 g (0.242 mol) of methyl dodecanoate (methyl laurate), 0.43 g of lithium amide, and toluene is heated at reflux. Methanol is distilled from the reaction mixture along with some of the toluene. The reaction mixture is quenched with dilute acetic acid, and washed successively with aqueous methanol, dilute aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, and saturated sodium chloride solution. The toluene solution is dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to obtain a solid. Purification by flash chromatography on silica gel with hexane/ethyl acetate affords 96.7 g of the title compound as a white solid, mp 46-8.

EXAMPLE 45 Reaction of N,N′,N″,N′″-Tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine with Cyclohexanol

A mixture of N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine in cyclohexanol is reacted with aqueous hydrogen peroxide and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate according to the method of Example 4. A white solid melting at 133-175° C. is obtained.

EXAMPLE 46 Reaction of 2,4,6-Tris[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl]butyl-amino}-s-triazine with Cyclohexanol

A mixture of 2,4,6-tris[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-s-triazine and cyclohexanol is reacted with aqueous hydrogen peroxide and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate according to the procedure of Example 4. A light brown oil is obtained.

EXAMPLE 47 Bis[1-(3-hydroxypropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl]sebacate

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 3-bromo-1-propanol and excess bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate in chlorobenzene. The mixture is heated to facilitate reaction. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 48 Bis[1-(12-hydroxy-1-dodecyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]sebacate

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 12-bromo-1-dodecanol and excess bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate in chlorobenzene. The mixture is heated to facilitate reaction. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 49 Bis[1-(2-hydroxypropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl]sebacate

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 1-bromo-2-propanol and excess bis(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate in chlorobenzene. The mixture is heated to facilitate reaction. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 50 Reaction of the Product of Example 11 with N,N′-Bis(3-aminopropyl)ethylenediamine

N,N′-Bis(3-aminopropyl)ethylenediamine and the product prepared in Example 11 are reacted in a 1:3.0 to 1:3.5 molar ratio. The product mixture includes N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, and N,N′,N″, N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3 ′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine.

EXAMPLE 51 N,N′,N″, N′″-Tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine

The title compound is prepared by the addition of aqueous hydrogen peroxide to a mixture of N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis {2,4-bis[N-(1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butyl-amino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, ferrous chloride and tert-butyl alcohol according to the procedure of Example 7.

EXAMPLE 52 Reaction of the Product of Example 11 with N,N′-Bis(3-aminopropyl)ethylenediamine

N,N′-Bis(3-aminopropyl)ethylenediamine and the product prepared in Example 11 are reacted in a 1:4.0 molar ratio. The product mixture includes N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, and N,N′,N″, N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine.

EXAMPLE 53A 2-{N-[1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl]butylamino}-4,6-dichloro-s-triazine

The compound prepared in Example 23B is reacted with an equimolar amount of cyanuric chloride and sodium bicarbonate at 0° C. to give the title compound.

EXAMPLE 53B N,N′-Bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine

The title compound is prepared by the hydrogenation at 50 psi of the compound obtained in Example 23A, hexamethylenediamine, methanol and a catalytic amount of 5% platinum on carbon.

EXAMPLE 53C N,N′-Bis{2-[N-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-4-chloro-s-triazin-6-yl}-N,N′-bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine

The title compound is prepared by reaction of the two compounds prepared in Examples 53A and 53B in a 2:1 molar ratio in xylene at 60-80° C. with sodium hydroxide as the acid acceptor.

EXAMPLE 53D Oligomer of N-{2-[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl

The compounds prepared in Examples 53B and 53C are mixed together in a 2:1 molar ratio in xylene solution at 100-160° C. with sodium hydroxide as the acid acceptor. The reaction mixture is then treated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-6-chloro-s-triazine under the same conditions to give an oligomeric product having a low number (2, 4, 6, 8) of repeating units terminated by the 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl moieties as seen in the structure below.

EXAMPLE 54 Oligomer of N-{2-[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-trizin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl

N,N′-Bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine and N,N′-bis{2-[N-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-4-chloro-s-triazin-6-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine are mixed together in a 2:1 molar ratio in xylene at 100-160° C. with sodium hydroxide as the acid acceptor. The reaction mixture is then treated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-6-chloro-s-triazine under the same conditions. The resulting mixture of oligomers is heated with tert-butyl hydroperoxide and a catalytic amount of molybdenum trioxide in an inert solvent such as 1,2-dichloroethane to form the corresponding N-oxyl compounds. Aqueous hydrogen peroxide in then added to the mixture of the N-oxyl compounds and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol according to the procedure of Example 7. The final products is a mixture of oligomers as in Example 53D although the ratios of the individual components may not be the same as in Example 53D.

EXAMPLE 55 Oligomer of N-{2-[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bisl[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2-butylamino-4-{N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-butylamino-s-triazin-6-yl

The title compound is prepared by heating a mixture of the compounds prepared in Examples 53A and 53B, in a 1.33 to 1.0 molar ratio in xylene at 100-160° C. using sodium hydroxide as the acid acceptor. Dibutylamine is then added to the reaction mixture under the same conditions to complete the reaction. The product is a mixture of oligomers that include 1-4 repeating units as seen in the structure below.

EXAMPLE 56 Oligomer of N-{2-[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2-butylamino-4-{N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-butylamino-s-triazin-6-yl

The title compound is prepared by heating a mixture of the compounds prepared in Examples 53B and 53C, in a 0.5:1 molar ratio in xylene at 100-160° C. using sodium hydroxide as the acid acceptor. Dibutylamine is then added to the reaction mixture under the same conditions to complete the reaction. The product is a mixture of oligomers that include 1, 3, 5 and 7 repeating units as seen in the structure below.

EXAMPLE 57 Oligomer of N-{2-[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2-butylamino-4-{N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-butylamino-s-triazin-6-yl

N,N′-Bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine and N,N′-bis{2-[N-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-4-chloro-s-triazin-6-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine are mixed together in a 0.5:1 molar ratio in xylene at 100-160° C. with sodium hydroxide as the acid acceptor. The reaction mixture is then treated with dibutylamine under the same conditions. The resulting mixture of oligomers is treated with tert-butyl hydroperoxide and a catalytic amount of molybdenum trioxide in an inert solvent such as 1,2-dichloroethane to form the corresponding N-oxyl compounds. Aqueous hydrogen peroxide in then added to a mixture of the N-oxyl compounds and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol according to the procedure of Example 7. The final product is a mixture of oligomers such as prepared in Example 56 although the ratios of the individual components may not be the same as those in the product of Example 56.

EXAMPLE 58 Oligomer of N-{2-[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with Acetyl

The compounds prepared in Examples 53B and 53C are mixed together in a 2:1 molar ratio in xylene at 100-160° C. using sodium hydroxide as the acid acceptor. After the reaction is complete, the reaction mixture is concentrated at reduced pressure. Acetic anhydride is added to the reaction mixture at room temperature, and the mixture is then heated at 130° C. The crude mixture is cooled and neutralized with potassium carbonate. The reaction mixture is concentrated at reduced pressure. The product is a mixture of oligomers that include 2, 4, and 6 repeating units as seen in the structure below.

EXAMPLE 59 Oligomer of N-{2-[N-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl]butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl]-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with Acetyl

Example 54 is repeated except that acetic anhydride is used in place of 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-6-chloro-s-triazine according to the procedure of Example 58. The final product is a mixture of oligomers as described in Example 58 although the ratios of the components may not be identical to those of the product prepared in Example 58.

EXAMPLE 60 Poly[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl Methacrylate

The title compound is prepared from the free radical polymerization of the compound obtained in Example 16B. The average molecular weight of the polymer is 1500-3000 amu.

EXAMPLE 61 Poly[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl Acrylate

The title compound is prepared from the free radical polymerization of the compound obtained in Example 21. The average molecular weight of the polymer is 1500-3000 amu.

EXAMPLE 62 1,4-Bis(4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy)-2-butanol

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 1,4-dibromo-2-propanol and excess 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine in chlorobenzene. The mixture is heated to facilitate the reaction. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 63 1,3-Bis(4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy)-2-propanol

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 1,3-dibromo-2-propanol and excess 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperdine in chlorobenzene. The mixture is heated to facilitate the reaction. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 64 2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropane-1,3-diyl bis{[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl](1-oxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) Sebacate

The title compound is isolated by high pressure liquid chromatography from the crude reaction product obtained in Example 2.

EXAMPLE 65 1,3-Bis(4-octadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy)-2-methyl-2-propanol

Aqueous hydrogen peroxide is added to a mixture of 4-octadecanoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and ferrous chloride tetrahydrate in tert-butyl alcohol at 30-50° C. Excess peroxide is decomposed with aqueous sodium sulfite solution. The organic layer is concentrated to obtain a mixture which includes 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-octadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and the title compound. The title compound is separated from the mixture by high pressure liquid chromatography.

EXAMPLE 66 1,3-Bis(4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy)-2-methyl-2-propanol

The title compound is isolated by high pressure liquid chromatography from the crude reaction product obtained in Example 16A.

EXAMPLE 67 1,3-Bis(4-oxo-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy)-2-methyl-2-propanol

The title compound is isolated by high pressure liquid chromatography from the crude reaction product obtained in Example 23A.

EXAMPLE 68 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl Hexanoate

The title compound is prepared by heating a mixture of methyl hexanoate, the compound prepared in Example 16A, lithium amide and xylene at reflux while methanol is removed by distillation.

EXAMPLE 69 4-Benzoyloxy-1-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

Tributyltin hydride is added dropwise to a solution of 2-iodoethanol and 4-benzoyloxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine in chlorobenzene. The crude reaction mixture is passed through silica gel with heptane and then heptane/ethyl acetate to afford the title compound.

EXAMPLE 70 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is prepared by heating a methanolic solution of the compound obtained in Example 69 with potassium hydroxide.

EXAMPLE 71 Poly[4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl Succinate]

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of approximately equimolar amounts of dimethyl succinate and the compound prepared in Example 70.

EXAMPLE 72 Poly[4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxycyclohexyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl Succinate]

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of approximately equimolar amounts of dimethyl succinate and the compound prepared in Example 35.

EXAMPLE 73 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-octadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

A mixture of methyl stearate, the compound prepared in Example 16A and a catalytic amount of lithium amide is heated at reflux in xylene. Methanol is distilled from the reaction mixture. The reaction is quenched with dilute acid. The organic layer is concentrated and the crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel to afford the title compound as a white solid melting at 51-56° C.

EXAMPLE 73A 1-(4-Octadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy)-2-octadecanoyloxy-2-methylpropane

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 16A with excess methyl stearate and a catalytic amount of lithium amide in xylene.

EXAMPLE 73B-73G

The compounds of present Example 23A, Example 65 and Example 73A, as well as the compounds of Examples 73B-73G may be isolated from the reaction mixtures of Examples 73 and 73A or alternatively, may be prepared as a major product by proper manipulation of the reagents. A product mixture may be obtained by transesterifying the product mixture directly from the reaction of Example 16A. Product mixtures are also obtainable by transesterifying the pure 4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with methyl stearate. The compounds present in such product mixtures comprise the compounds of Examples 23A, Example 65, Example 73A and Examples 73B-73G:

EXAMPLE 73H

Example 73 is repeated using a commercial sample of methyl stearate in place of pure methyl stearate. The commercial methyl stearate contains, in addition to the stearate group, the hexadecanoic, eicosanoic and oleic acid ester groups, among other chain lengths. The mixed long-chain ester analogues of present Examples 65, 73 and 73A-G are synthesized.

EXAMPLE 74 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxy-1-phenethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is prepared by heating a methanolic solution of the compound obtained in Example 10 with potassium hydroxide.

EXAMPLE 75 Poly[4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxy-1-phenylethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin 4-yl Succinate]

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of approximately equimolar amounts of dimethyl succinate and the compound obtained in Example 74.

EXAMPLE 76 Stabilization of Thermoplastic Olefins

Molded test specimens are prepared by injection molding thermoplastic olefin (TPO) pellets containing pigments, a phosphite, a phenolic antioxidant or hydroxylamine, a metal stearate, ultraviolet light absorbers or a hindered amine stabilizer or a mixture of UV absorber and hindered amine stabilizer.

Pigmented TPO pellets are prepared from pure pigment or pigment concentrate, coadditives and commercially available TPO by mixing the components in a Superior/MPM 1″ single screw extruder with a general all-purpose screw (24:1 L/D) at 400° F. (200° C.), cooled in a water bath and pelletized. The resulting pellets are molded into 60 mil (0.006 inch), 2″×2″ plaques at about 375° F. (190° C.) on a BOY 30M Injection Molding Machine.

Pigmented TPO formulation composed of polypropylene blended with a rubber modifier where the rubber modifier is an in-situ reacted copolymer or blended product containing copolymers of propylene and ethylene with or without a ternary component such as ethylidene norbornene are stabilized with a base stabilization system consisting of an N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine or a hindered phenolic antioxidant with or without an organophosphorus compound.

All additive and pigment concentrations in the final formulation are expressed as weight percent based on the resin.

Formulation contained thermoplastic olefin pellets and one or more of the following components:

0.0 to 2.0% pigment,

0.0 to 50.0% talc,

0.0 to 0.1% phosphite,

0.0 to 1.25% phenolic antioxidant,

0.0 to 0.1% hydroxylamine

0.05 to 0.10 calcium stearate,

0.0 to 1.25% UV absorber

0.0 to 1.25% hindered amine stabilizer.

The components are dry-blended in a tumble dryer prior to extrusion and molding.

Test plaques are mounted in metal frames and exposed in an Atlas Ci65 Xenon Arc Weather-Ometer at 70° C. black panel temperature, 0.55 W/m² at 340 nanometers and 50% relative humidity with intermittent light/dark cycles and water spray (Society of Automotive Engineers—SAE J 1960 Test Procedure). Specimens are tested at approximately 625 kilojoule intervals by performing color measurements on an Applied Color Systems spectrophotometer by reflectance mode according to ASTM D 2244-79. Data collected include delta E, L*, a* and b* values. Gloss measurements are conducted on a BYK-Gardner Haze/Gloss Meter at 60° according to ASTM D 523.

UV Exposure Testing

Test specimens exposed to UV radiation exhibit exceptional resistance to photodegradation when stabilized with light stabilizer systems comprising a combination of 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole (TINUVIN®328, Ciba), the compound of Example 73 and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis[4,6-bis(butyl-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino)-s-triazin-2-yl]-1,10-diamino-4,7-diazadecane (CHIMASSORB® 119, Ciba). The control sample consists of a stabilizer formulation commonly used in the industry to impart UV stability. All of the samples contain a pigment, Pigment Red 177, and talc.

The test plaques described earlier contain the following (all concentrations are weight percent based on resin):

Polymer substrate is commercially available polyolefin blend POLYTROPE® TPP 518-01 supplied by A. Schulman Inc. Akron, Ohio)

Color package is 0.025% Red 3B -Pigment Red 177, C.I. #65300.

Each plaque contains:

0.2% TINUVIN® 328;

0.1% calcium stearate; and

15% talc.

The Control plaques additionally contain

0.1% IRGANOX® B225 (50:50 blend of IRGANOX® 1010, Ciba (neopentanetetrayl tetrakis(4-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylhydrocinnamate) and IRGAFOS® 168, Ciba [tris-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)phosphite;

0.2% TINUVIN® 770, Ciba [bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)sebacate];

0.2% CHIMASSORB 944, Ciba [polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylene-bis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-tert-octylamino-s-triazine].

The two test plaques (NOR-1 and NOR-2) each contain 0.05% N,N,-dialkylhydroxyl-amine;

NOR-1 additionally contains

0.2% of CHIMASSORB® 119; and

0.2% of TIUVIN® 123, Ciba, [bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate].

NOR-2 additionally contains

0.2% of CHIMASSORB® 119; and

0.2% of the compound of Example 73.

The results of the UV testing are given in the table below.

DE* Gloss Value % Gloss Value 0 3000 0 3000 0 3000 Sample Kj/m² Kj/m² Kj/m² Kj/m² Kj/m² Kj/m² control 0.0 4.7 66.6  5.4 100  8.1 NOR-1 0.0 4.0 65.5 16.9 100 25.8 NOR-2 0.0 3.8 64.9 45.3 100 69.8

The compound of Example 73 present in test plaques NOR-2 specifically shows greatly improved gloss retention compared to the less effective control system and in fact is also more effective that a related hindered amine compound (TINUVIN® 123) present in test plaques NOR-1. Resistance to color change upon UV exposure is also enhanced.

Polymer blends containing an unsaturated ternary component, such as EPDM blends, are especially benefited with the more efficient instant light stabilizer systems described above.

In all cases, the light stabilized formulations show much greater resistance to photodegradation than unstabilized specimens which fail quickly under the UV exposure conditions outlined above.

EXAMPLE 77 Paintable TPO

Molded test specimens are prepared by injection molding thermoplastic olefin (TPO) pellets containing the instant compounds, pigments and other coadditives as described in Example 76.

The light stable formulations are painted with one-pack paint systems and tested for TPO/paint interactions. Before painting, the test specimens are first washed in accordance with GM998-4801 and dried for 15 minutes at 200° F. (94° C.). Adhesion promoter is applied to the dry film thickness of 0.2-0.4 mils. The samples are dried for five minutes before a 1K basecoat is applied to a film thickness of 1.2-1.4 mils. The painted panels are dried for three minutes, a clearcoat is then applied to a dry film thickness of 1.2-1.5 mils followed by ten minutes flash drying and a 30 minute oven bake at 250° F. (121° C.).

Paint adhesion is measured by Aggressive Adhesion Testing (proprietary test procedure conducted at Technical Finishing, Inc.) and Taber Scuff. Painted panels which retain greater than 80% of the paint finish are considered acceptable. After Aggressive Adhesion Testing, samples with less than 5% paint loss are deemed acceptable.

Samples are tested to evaluate the TPO/paint interactions as follows:

Aggressive HALS Formulation* Taber Scuff Test Adhesion Test pK_(a) A 100% removed 6% Loss (fail) 9.1 B  0% removed 4% Loss (pass) 4.6 C  0% removed 3% Loss (pass) 4.0

Formulation A contains 0.2% CHIMASSORB® 944, 0.2% TINUVIN® 328, 500 ppm calcium stearate and 750 ppm N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine in reactor-grade TPO.

A also contains 0.2% of bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate (TINUVIN® 770, pK_(a) of 9.1).

Formulations B and C contain 0.2% CHIMASSORB® 119, 0.2% TINUVIN®328, 500 ppm calcium stearate and 750 ppm N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine in reactor-grade TPO.

B also contains 0.2% of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate (TINUVIN® 123, pK_(a) of 4.6).

C also contains 0.2% of 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-octadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidine (compound of Example 73, pK_(a) of 4.0)

The data in the table indicate that, although formulation A failed in both the Taber Scuff and Aggressive Adhesion Tests, both formulations B and C passed both paint adhesion tests. However, as inspection of the pK_(a) values attests, the lower the pK_(a) value (less basic) for the test hindered amine compound the less paint loss results in this Aggressive Adhesion Test. The instant compound of Example 73 having the hydroxyl moiety present has the lowest pK_(a) value and also the least paint loss even better than the close prior art compound where no hydroxyl moiety is present.

EXAMPLE 78 Stabilization of Polypropylene Molded Articles

Molded test specimens are prepared by injection molding polypropylene pellets containing pigments, a phosphite, a phenolic antioxidant or hydroxylamine, a metal stearate, ultraviolet light absorbers or a hindered amine stabilizers or a mixture of UV absorbers and hindered amine stabilizers.

Pigmented polypropylene pellets are prepared from pure pigment or pigment concentrates, stabilizers, co-additives and commercially available polypropylene by mixing the components in a Superior/MPM 1″ single screw extruder with a general all-purpose screw (24:1 L/D) at 475° F. (250° C.), cooled in a water bath and pelletized. The resulting pellets are molded into 60 mil (0.06 inch thick) 2″×2″ plaques at about 475° F. (250° C.) on a BOY 30M Injection Molding Machine.

Pigmented polypropylene formulations composed of polypropylene homopolymer or polypropylene copolymer are stabilized with a base stabilization system consisting of an N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine or a hindered phenolic antioxidant with or without an organophosphorous compound.

All additive and pigment concentrations in the final formulations are expressed as weight percent based on the resin.

Formulations contained polypropylene pellets and one or more of the following components;

0.0%-2.0% pigment,

0.0%-50.0% talc,

0.0%-50.0% calcium carbonate,

0.0%-0.1% phosphite,

0.0%-1.25% phenolic antioxidant,

0.0%-0.1% hydroxylamine,

0.05%-0.10% calcium stearate,

0.0%-1.25% UV absorber,

0.0%-1.25% hindered amine stabilizer.

The components are dry blended in a tumble dryer prior to extrusion and molding.

Test plaques are mounted in metal frames and exposed in an Atlas Ci65 Xenon Arc Weather-o-meter at 70° C. black panel temperature, 0.55 W/m² at 340 nanometers and 50% relative humidity with intermittent light/dark cycles and water spray (Society of Automotive Engineers—SAE J 1960 Test Procedure). Specimens are tested at approximately 625 kilojoule intervals by performing color measurements on an Applied Color Systems spectrophotometer by reflectance mode according to ASTM D 2244-79. Data collected included delta E, L*, a* and b* values. Gloss measurements are conducted on a BYK-GARDNER Haze/Gloss Meter at 60° according to ASTM D523.

UV Exposure Testing

Test specimens exposed to UV radiation exhibit exceptional resistance to photodegradation when stabilized with light stabilizer systems comprised of a combination of Tinuvin 328, the compound of Example 73 and CGL 2020. CGL 2020 is oligomer of N-{[2-(N-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl. The Control sample consists of a stabilizer formulation commonly used in the industry to impart UV stability. All of the samples contain Pigment Red 177.

% Gloss DE* Gloss Values Retention Red 3B Formulations 3000 3000 0 3000 Comp. 1 Comp. 2 Comp. 3 0 Kj/m² Kj/m² 0 Kj/m² Kj/m² Kj/m² Kj/m² Control 0.14% 0.20% 0.2% 0 6.5 88% 24% 100% 28% T 123 CGL Tin. 328 2020 Ex. 73 0.10% Ex. 0.10% 0.1% Tin. 0 0.6 88% 77% 100% 88% 73 CGL 2020 328 NOR 2 0.10% 0.10% 0.1% Tin. 0 8.2 87% 13% 100% 14% NOR 2 CGL 2020 328 All formulations are base stabilized with 0.05% dialkylhydroxylamine in the final resin formulation. Polymer substrate is a commercially available polypropylene homopolymer - Profax 6501 (commercial supplier Montell Polyolefins). Color package is 0.25% Red 3B - Pigment Red 177, C.I. #65300 in the final resin formulation. Each formulation contains a hydroxyphenyl benzotriazole UV absorber - Tinuvin 328, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole. NOR 2 is bis(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)succinate. Each formulation contains 0.1% calcium stearate. Samples are 60 mil thick 2″ × 2″ injection molded plaques. UV exposures conducted under SAE J 1960 - Exterior Automotive conditions.

All additive and pigment concentrations in the final formulations are expressed as weight percent on the resin.

The formulation containing the subject compound of Example 73 specifically shows greatly improved gloss retention compared to the less effective Control stabilizer system even at a lower total concentration. Resistance to color change upon UV exposure is also significantly enhanced. The subject compound of Example 73 is also significantly more effective in maintaining appearance when compared with another solid N-O-R HALS (NOR 2) of similar molecular at equal concentrations.

In all cases, the light stabilized formulations show much greater resistance to photodegradation than unstabilized specimens which fail quickly under the UV exposure conditions outlined above.

EXAMPLE 79 Polypropylene Fiber

Fiber samples are prepared by extruding fiber-grade polypropylene with the instant compounds, coadditives and pigments. Typical formulations contain the instant compounds at levels from 0.05 to 2.0%, a metal stearate such as calcium stearate at 0.05 to 0.5%, pigments from 0 to 5%, UV absorbers at levels of 0.05 to 2.0%, phosphites at 0 to 0. 1%, phenolic antioxidants at 0 to 1.25%, N,N-dialkylhydroxylamines at 0 to 0. 1% and optionally other hindered amines at levels of 0 to 2.0%. All additive and pigment concentrations in the final formulations are given as weight percent based on the resin.

Pigment concentrates are prepared from pure pigment and polypropylene (PROFAX®, Hercules) by mixing the two components in a high shear mixer in a ratio of 25% pigment and 75% resin, pressing the resulting resin/pigment mixture on a Wabash Compression molder (Model # 30-1515-4T3) into a thin sheet and dividing the sheet into fine chips for dispersion in polypropylene at reduced concentrations. Alternatively, pigment concentrates are obtained as pigment dispersions in a suitable carrier resin for subsequent blending in fiber at reduced concentrations.

Formulations containing polypropylene, 0.05-0.1% phosphite, 0-1.25% phenolic antioxidant, 0-0.1% dialkylhydroxylamine, 0.05-0.1% calcium stearate, 0-1.25% UV absorber, 0-1.25% hindered amine are dry blended in a tumble dryer, extruded on a Superior/MPM 1″ single screw extruder with a general all-purpose screw (24:1 L/D) at 475° F. (246° C.), cooled in a water bath and pelletized. The resulting pellets are spun into fiber at about 475° F. (246° C.) on a HILLS Research Fiber Extruder (Model # REM-3P-24) fitted with a 41 hole, delta configuration spinneret. The spun tow is stretched at a draw ratio of 3.2:1 producing a final denier of 615/41.

Fiber samples are knitted into socks on a Lawson-HemphillFiber Analysis Knitter, cut into appropriate lengths and exposed in an Atlas Ci65 Xenon Arc Weather-O-meter at 89° C. black panel temperature, 0.55 W/m² at 340 nanometers and 50% relative humidity (Society of Automotive Engineers—SAE J 1885 Test Procedure).

Fiber samples are tested by performing color measurements on an Applied Color Systems spectrophotometer by reflectance mode according to ASTM D 2244-79. Identical, but separate, fiber samples are examined for catastrophic failure and the time to failure is recorded.

The samples containing the instant compounds exhibit good stabilization performance against the deleterious effects of UV light.

EXAMPLE 80

Other socks of propylene fiber as prepared in Example 79 are exposed in a Blue M forced draft oven at 120° C. Failure is determined by the criterion set forth in Example 79. The longer it takes for the catastrophic failure to occur, the more effective is the stabilizing system.

The socks containing the instant compounds exhibit good thermal stabilization efficacy.

EXAMPLE 81

Film grade polyethylene is dry blended with approximately 10% by weight of the test additives, such as the compound of Example 51, and then melt compounded at 200° C. into “Masterbatch” pellets. The fully formulated “Masterbatch” pellets are dry blended with polyethylene resin to get the desired final stabilizer concentrations. Typical formulations contain the instant compounds at levels from 0.05% to 2.0%, a metal stearate such as calcium stearate at 0.05% to 0.5%, a phosphite at 0% to 0. 1%, a phenolic antioxidant at 0% to 1.25%, an N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine at 0% to 0.1% and optionally a hindered amine at 0% to 2.0%. The This stabilized fully formulated resin is then blown at 200° C. into a 150 micron thick film on a DOLCI film line.

The blown films are exposed in an Atlas Xenon-Arc WeatherOmeter according to ASTM G26 at 63° C. bpt, 0.35 W/m² at 340 nm with no spray cycle. Films are tested periodically for any change in elongation using an Instron 112 tensile tester. Failure in this test is determined by observation of the loss of % elongation in the film. The longer it takes for this loss to occur, the more effective is the stabilizer system.

The films containing the instant compound mixture show good light stabilizing efficacy.

EXAMPLE 82

Film grade polyethylene is dry blended with 10% loading of the test additives, such as the compound of Example 51, as described in Example 81, and then melt compounded at 200° C. into fully formulated master batch pellets. The master batch pellets are dry blended with the polyethylene resin to get the final stabilizer concentration. The fully formulated resin is then blown at 200° C. into a 150 micron thick film using a DOLCI film line.

The resulting films are exposed on a greenhouse on galvanized iron backing. Treatment includes applications of pesticides on a regular basis (i.e. sodium N-methyldithiocarbamate, VAPAM′ every six months and SESMETRIN′ every month). Performance is measured by monitoring the percent residual elongation. Failure is defined as the time to a 50% loss of original elongation.

The films containing the instant compounds show good resistance to pesticides.

EXAMPLE 83

Master batch pellets prepared as described in Example 81 are dry blended into polyethylene resin to get the final stabilizer concentration. The fully formulated resin is then blown at 200° C. into a 25 micron thick film using a DOLCI film line.

The resulting films are exposed on a soil to simulate agricultural mulch film conditions. Treatment includes exposure to methyl bromide fumigant for three days at 60 g/m³. Performance is measured by monitoring the time to physical embrittlement.

The films containing the instant compounds show good resistance to fumigants.

EXAMPLE 84

Greenhouse film samples are prepared as described in Example 81, but in addition to the instant compounds also contain a metal stearate or a metal oxide. Typical formulations contain from 0.05 to 2% by weight of the instant hindered amines, 0.05 to 0.5% of a metal stearate such as calcium oxide, and 0.05 to 0.5% of a metal oxide such as zinc oxide or magnesium oxide.

Effectiveness is monitored as described in Example 82. The films containing the instant compounds exhibit good light stability.

EXAMPLE 85

Polypropylene fiber is prepared as described in Example 79. In addition to the instant compounds, selected halogenated flame retardants are also included in the formulation. The flame retardants are tris(3-bromo-2,2-bis(bromomethyl)propyl)phosphate, decabromodiphenyl oxide, ethylene bis-(tetrabromophthalimide), or ethylene bis-(dibromo-norbomane-dicarboximide).

Using the criterion for light stabilization described in Example 79, the socks knitted from the polypropylene fiber containing the instant compounds exhibit good light stability.

EXAMPLE 86

Molding grade polypropylene is dry blended with test additives and then melt compounded into pellets. In addition to the instant compounds, selected flame retardants are also included. The flame retardants are tris(3-bromo-2,2-bis(bromomethyl)propyl)phosphate, decabromodiphenyl oxide, ethylene bis-(tetrabromophthalimide), or ethylene bis-(dibromo-norbornanedicarboximide). The pelletized fully formulated resin is then injection molded into test specimens using a Boy 50M laboratory model injection molder.

Test plaques are mounted in metal frames and exposed in an Atlas Ci65 Xenon Arc Weather-Ometer with intermittent light/dark cycles and water spray following the ASTM G26 test procedure. Specimens are tested at periodic intervals for changes in tensile properties. Failure in this test is determined by the observation of the loss of tensile properties. The longer it takes for the loss in properties to occur, the more effective is the stabilizer system.

The test samples containing the instant compounds exhibit good light stabilization properties.

EXAMPLE 87

Molded test specimens are prepared by injection molding thermoplastic olefin (TPO) pellets as described in Example 76. In addition to the instant compounds, selected flame retardants are also included in the test specimens. The flame retardants are tris(3-bromo-2,2-bis(bromomethyl)propyl) phosphate, decabromodiphenyl oxide, ethylene bis-(tetrabromo-phthalimide), or ethylene bis-(dibromo-norbomanedicarboximide).

The samples including the instant hindered amines exhibit good light stabilizing activity.

EXAMPLE 88

Film grade polyethylene is compounded and blown into film at 200° C. as described in Example 82 using a DOLCI film line. In addition to the instant compounds, selected flame retardants are included in the formulation. The flame retardants are tris(3-bromo-2,2-bis(bromo-methyl)propyl) phosphate, decabromodiphenyl oxide, ethylene bis-(tetrabromophthalimide), or ethylene bis-(dibromo-norbomanedicarboximide).

When tested for light stabilizing activity as described in Example 82, the films containing the instant compounds exhibit good stabilization.

EXAMPLE 89

Molded test specimens are prepared by injection molding thermoplastic olefin (TPO) pellets containing the instant compounds, pigments and other coadditives as described in Example 77.

The test specimens are painted with one-pack paint systems and tested for TPO/paint interactions. Before painting, the test specimens are first wiped with isopropanol and air blasted to remove any dust. After a five minute flash, these specimens are coated with the adhesion promoter, then the base coat, and then optionally a clear coat. Typical film thickness of these various coatings are 0.1-0.3 mils for the adhesion promoter, 0.6-0.8 mils for the base coat, and 1.2-1.5 mils for the clear coat. After painting, the specimens are cured in an over at 120° C. for 30 minutes.

Samples are tested to evaluate the TPO/paint interactions as follows: In the initial adhesion test, a clear cellophane adhesive tape is used to pull on a 3 mm cross hatched paint surface or; in the humidity test, the painted plaques are exposed for 240 hours at 38° C. in an atmosphere having 98% relative humidity. The blister rating is tested by visual observation according to ASTM D 714.

The samples containing the instant compounds exhibit good TPO/paint interaction properties as determined by the criteria above.

EXAMPLE 90 Thermoplastic Elastomers

Resin materials of the general class known as thermoplastic elastomers, examples of which include, copolymers of styrene with butadiene or isoprene and/or ethylene-cobutylene such as SBS, SEBS and SIS, are dry blended with the instant compounds and melt compounded into pellets. Typical formulations contain the instant compounds at levels from 0.05% to 2.0%, a metal stearate such as calcium stearate at 0.05% to 0.5%, pigments from 0% to 5%, UV absorbers at levels of 0.05% to 2.0%, phosphites at 0.0%-0. 1%, phenolic antioxidants at 0.0%-1.25%, N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine at 0.0%-0.1%, and optionally other hindered amine stabilizers at levels of 0.0% to 2.0%.

The pelletized fully formulated resin is then processed into a useful article such as blown or cast extrusion into film; injection molded into a molded article; thermoformed into molded articles; extruded into wire and cable housing; or rotational molded into hollow articles.

The materials containing the instant compounds exhibit stability against deleterious effects of UV light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 91

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain selected organic pigments as well as the instant compounds also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of actinic light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 92

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain a hindered phenolic antioxidant selected from the group consisting of neopentanetetrayl tetrakis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5,-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1 ,2-bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamoyl)hydrazine, calcium [bis(mono ethyl 3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)phosphonate], 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) iso cyanurate and 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-4-tert-butyl-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) isocyanurate, as well as the instant compounds also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of actinic light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 93

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain an organophosphorus stabilizer selected from the group consisting of tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite, 2,2′,2″-nitrilo[triethyl-tris-(3,3′,5,5′-tetra-tert-butyl-1,1′-biphenyl-2,2′-diyl) phosphite], tetrakis(2,4-di-butylphenyl) 4,4′-biphenylenediphosphonite, tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, 2,2′-ethylidenebis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)fluorophosphite and 2-butyl-2-ethylpropan-1,3-diyl 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl phosphite as well as the instant compounds of also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of actinic light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 94

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain a benzofuranone stabilizer which is 5,7-di-tert-butyl-3-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-2H-benzofuran-2-one, as well as the instant compounds also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of UV light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 95

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain a dialkylhydroxylamine stabilizer which is N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine made by the direct oxidation of N,N-di(hydrogenated tallow)amine as well as the instant compounds also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of actinic light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 96

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain other hindered amine stabilizers selected from the group consisting of bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, the polycondensation product of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxy-piperidine and succinic acid, N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis[4,6-bis(butyl-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino-s-triazin-2-yl]-1,10-diamino-4,7-diazadecane, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-tert-octylamino-s-triazine, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl octadecanoate, 3-dodecyl-1-(1-acetyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-pyrrolidin-2,5-dione, 1 ,3,5-tris{N-cyclohexyl-N-[2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperazin-3-on-4-yl)ethyl]amino}-s-triazine, poly[methyl 3-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yloxy)propyl]siloxane, the polycondensation product of 2,4-dichloro-6-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino)-s-triazine and 2,2′ethylene-bis{[2,4-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino-s-triazin-6-yl]amino-trimethyleneamino}as well as the instant compounds also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of actinic light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 97

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain other N-hydrocarbyloxy substituted hindered amines selected from the group consisting of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)adipate, bis(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) adipate, bis(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, and 1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl octadecanoate as well as the instant compounds also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of actinic light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 98

Articles prepared according to Example 90 which additionally contain a o-hydroxyphenyl-2H-benzotriazole, a hydroxyphenyl benzophenone or a o-hydroxyphenyl-s-triazine UV absorber selected from the group consisting of 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 5-chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxybenzophenone and 2,4-bis(2,4-dimethyphenyl)-6-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-s-triazine as well as the instant compounds also exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of UV light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 99

The hindered amine test stabilizers are incorporated into a two-component polyester urethane coating based on a commercially available polyester polyol (DESMOPHEN® 670-80) and commercially available isocyanurate (DESMODUR® N-3390) at a level of 2% by weight based on total resin solids. The coating system is catalyzed with 0.015% dibutyl tin dilaurate based on total resin solids.

Each coating formulation is applied by drawdown onto transparent glass slides approximately 4″×6″ to a film thickness of about 2 mils (0.002) in triplicate.

These triplicate glass plates are processed as seen below:

Plate 1—bake for 30 minutes at 180° F. (82° C.); age at room temperature; and observe daily.

Plate 2—allow to air dry (ambient cure); age at room temperature; and observe daily.

Plate 3—allow to air dry for one day; age in a 120° F. (49° C.) oven; observe daily and continue aging at 120° F. (49° C.).

Starting at time zero, all plates are evaluated for visual appearance, noting the development of any cloudiness within the coating and any exudate on the surface of the coating. The results of four days of observation are noted below.

Sample* 0 Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 18 months Plate 1 A cl cl cl cl cl clear B sl h haze haze haze haze haze C cl cl cl cl cl clear Plate 2 A cl cl cl cl cl clear B sl h haze haze haze haze haze C cl cl cl cl cl clear Plate 3 A cl cl cl cl cl clear B sl h haze haze haze haze haze C cl cl cl cl cl clear *A is unstabilized. B contains 2% by weight of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate (TINUVIN ® 123). C contains 2% by weight of bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl] sebacate, compound of Example 2.

These data show that the instant compound having a hydroxy moiety present on the group attached to the 1-position of the hindered amine provides excellent solubility and compatibility for the polyester urethane coating that cannot be achieved with the closest prior art compound where said hydroxy moiety is absent.

Experience teaches that, if the instant compounds are soluble and compatible in this particular clearcoat, they will certainly be compatible and soluble in other resin systems.

EXAMPLE 100

Approximately 50 mL of the same stabilized formulated two-component clear coatings described in Example 99 are allowed to gel in a sealed 4 ounce jar. The solidified coatings are visually observed for clarity after solidification. The development of opacity or cloudiness is indicative of an incompatibility between the hindered amine stabilizer and the formulated coating.

Solidified Coating in Jar

Sample* 0 Day 1 Day 2 18 months A clear clear clear clear B clear cloudy cloudy cloudy C clear clear clear clear *A is unstabilized. B contains 2% by weight of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate (TINUVIN ® 123). C contains 2% by weight of bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl] sebacate, compound of Example 2.

These data show that the instant compound having a hydroxy moiety present on the group attached to the 1-position of the hindered amine provides excellent solubility and compatibility for the polyester urethane coating that cannot be achieved with the closest prior art compound where said hydroxy moiety is absent.

EXAMPLE 101 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[9-(methoxy-carbonyl)nonanoyloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is prepared by the reaction of the compound prepared in Example 16A with one equivalent or more of dimethyl sebacate and a catalytic amount of lithium amide in xylene.

EXAMPLE 102 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[5-(methoxy-carbonyl)pentanoyloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is made by the procedure of Example 101 where dimethyl sebacate is replaced by an equivalent amount of dimethyl adipate.

The compounds of Examples 102B-102E may be isolated from the reaction mixture of this example, or alternatively, may be prepared as a major product by proper manipulation of the reagents:

EXAMPLE 103 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[3-(methoxy-carbonyl)propionyloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is made by the procedure of Example 101 where dimethyl sebacate is replaced by an equivalent amount of dimethyl succinate.

EXAMPLE 104 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[4-(methoxy-carbonyl)butyryloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

The title compound is made the procedure of Example 101 where dimethyl sebacate is replaced by an equivalent amount of dimethyl glutarate.

EXAMPLE 104 A Mixture of 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[5-methoxy-carbonyl)pentanoyloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[4-methoxy-carbonyl)butyryloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

Example 101 is repeated with an equivalent amount of DBE-2 dibasic ester (DuPont®) in place of dimethyl sebacate.

EXAMPLE 104B Mixture of 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[5-methoxy-carbonyl)pentanoyloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and 1-(2-Hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[4-methoxy-carbonyl)butyryloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine

Example 101 is repeated with an equivalent amount of DBE-3 dibasic ester (DuPont®) in place of dimethyl sebacate.

EXAMPLE 105 Condensation Product of 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with Hexamethylene Diisocyanate, and Terminated with Methoxy

The title compound is prepared from the reaction of approximately equimolar amounts of the compound prepared in Example 16A with hexamethylene diisocyanate followed by reaction with excess methanol.

EXAMPLE 106 Condensation Product of 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidine with Hexamethylene Diisocyanate, and Terminated with Methoxy

The title compound is prepared from the reaction of approximately equimolar amounts of the compound prepared in Example 70 with hexamethylene diisocyanate, followed by reaction with excess methanol.

EXAMPLE 107 Condensation Product of 4-Hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxy-1-phenethoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with Hexamethylene Diisocyanate, and Terminated with Methoxy

The title compound is prepared from the reaction of approximately equimolar amounts of the compound prepared in Example 74 with hexamethylene diisocyanate, followed by reaction with excess methanol.

EXAMPLE 108 Stabilization of a Two-Component Acrylic Urethane Clearcoat

The hindered amine test stabilizers are incorporated into a two-component acrylic urethane coating as described in Example 99. The system is catalyzed with 0.02% by weight of dibutyltin dilaurate based on the total resin solids. The stabilizers are added at the appropriate level to the acrylic polyol portion of the two-component coating which is then combined with the isocyanate component immediately prior to application.

Steel panels 3″×4″ primed with an electrocoat primer are then coated with a light blue metallic basecoat, then with the stabilized clearco at. The basecoat is spray applied to a thickness of 1.0 mil (25 microns) dry film thickness and the stabilized clearcoat is then applied to a thickness of 2.0 mils (50 microns) dry film thickness. The coating is air-dried and aged for two weeks. The panels are then exposed in a Xenon-Arc Weather-Ometer under the following conditions:

Cam 180 cycle: 40 minutes light only; 20 minutes light and front spray; 60 minutes light only; 60 minutes dark and rear spray condensate.

Lamp filters are: quartz inner/borosilicate S outer.

Irradiance: 0.45 watts per square meter.

20° Gloss is measured before exposure and at 500 hour intervals during exposure. Higher gloss retention is desirable.

Percent Retention of 20° Gloss Sample* 4500 hours 8500 hours 12000 hours A 17 — — B 60 22 — C 47 17 — D 34 22 — E 41 23 — F 75 45 28 G 77 45 27 *A is unstabilized. B contains 1% by weight of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate (TINUVIN ® 123). C contains 0.9% by weight of bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl] sebacate, compound of Example 2. D contains 1.04% by weight of 2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-N-butylamino]-6-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-s-triazine. E contains 1.01% by weight of the compound of Example 12. F contains 2% by weight of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate (TINUVIN ® 123). G contains 1.8% by weight of bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl] sebacate, compound of Example 2.

These data show that the instant hydroxy substituted compounds give comparable 20° Gloss Retention values to NOR compounds at equivalent molar concentrations.

EXAMPLE 109 Stabilization of a Two-Component Acrylic Urethane Clearcoat

A clearcoat as prepared in Example 108 is applied by spin-coating to 1″ silicon disks to a dry film thickness of approximately 25 microns. The initial optical film thickness of each disk is measured using a Zeiss interferometer. The disks are then exposed in a Xenon-Arc Weather-Ometer under the following conditions:

Cam 180 cycle: 40 minutes light only; 20 minutes light and front spray; 60 minutes light only; 60 minutes dark and rear spray condensate.

Lamp filters are: quartz inner/quartz outer.

Irradiance: 0.55 watts per square meter.

Optical film thickness is remeasured every 250 hours and film loss is determined for each formulation. The film loss caused by weathering after 3972 and 5561 hours is tabulated in the table below. A lower value for film loss is desirable.

Film Loss (in microns) Sample* 3972 hours 5561 hours A 23.3  complete erosion B 6.9 16.3 C 6.7 17.8 D 6.3 14.3 E 5.9 12.4 F 6.5 16.1 G 6.6 16.7 *A is unstabilized. B contains 1% by weight of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate (TINUVIN ® 123). C contains 0.9% by weight of bis[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl] sebacate, compound of Example 2. D contains 1.04% by weight of 2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-N-butylamino]-6-(2-hydroxyethylamino)-s-triazine. E contains 1.01% by weight of the compound of Example 12. F contains 0.78% by weight of 1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine. G contains 0.56% by weight of 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine, compound of Example 16A.

These data show that the instant hydroxy substituted compounds give comparable resistance to erosion as the closest NOR compounds at equivalent molar concentrations.

EXAMPLE 110 Coatings over Plastic Substrates

A major application for non-basic hindered amines is in the protection of automotive topcoats applied over plastic substrates. However, many low molecular weight, non-reactable light stabilizers migrate into the plastic substrate during drying and cure. As a consequence, a significant portion of the light stabilizer may be lost from the topcoat into the substrate and hence be ineffective in protecting said topcoat.

The extent of migration of hindered amine stabilizers during application and cure of the coating is determined by comparing the concentration of hindered amine in the cured clearcoat applied over a plastic substrate versus the same clearcoat applied over a non-permeable substrate such as glass or steel.

Hindered amine stabilizers under test are incorporated into a flexible thermoset acrylic/melamine clear coating appropriate for use on automotive plastic substrates. The hindered amine is incorporated at a level of 1.5% by weight based on total resins solids.

Each coating formulation is applied by an automatic spray apparatus onto automotive grade RIM (Reacting Injection Molded) substrate and TPO (thermoplastic polyolefin). Both substrates are in form of 4″×12″ plaques. Each coating is applied to achieve a dry film thickness of approximately 2.0 mils (50 microns). The coatings are cured by baking at 250° F. (121° C.) for 20 minutes.

Triplicate samples of each cured coating formulation are removed from each substrate and cryoground to a fine powder. A known amount of each sample is extracted in refluxing toluene overnight. The hindered amine present is analyzed quantitatively by dilution to a known volume and analyzed by HPLC or SFC chromatography. Calibration curves for each test stabilizer compound are developed. The hindered amine content of each extracted coating is determined by this method.

When the instant hindered amine compounds substituted on the N-atom with an —O—E—OH moiety are compared to the corresponding —NOR compounds lacking such a hydroxyl moiety, a higher percent recovery of the instant hindered amine compound from the clearcoat over a plastic substrate is found indicating that much less of the instant hindered amine stabilizer migrates into the plastic substrate allowing for better stabilization of the clear topcoat over such plastic substrates.

EXAMPLE 111 Stabilization of Waterborne Wood Varnish

Waterborne coating comprise a significant and increasing proportion of the coating in use for a wide variety of applications including automotive basecoats, industrial coatings and trade sale coatings. These coatings may be pigmented or transparent. The trends are also towards higher solids formulation which in general depend on light stabilizers to maintain properties on exterior exposure, and towards lower levels of cosolvents. This requires higher solubility of stabilizers in such cosolvents (primarily water) or actual solubility in water.

The test stabilizers are incorporated into a waterborne dispersion by predissolution in a cosolvent blend. The waterborne dispersion is a commercially available acrylic/urethane hybrid resin. The cosolvent blend is a 1:1 mixture of TEXANOL® (2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, Texaco) and ARCOSOLVE® TPM (tripropylene glycol methyl ether, AtlanticRichfield).

0.45 gram of the test stabilizer is predissolved in 10 g of the cosolvent blend which is then incorporated into the following composition:

ppw FLEXTHANE ® 630 (Air Products) 100.0 Foamaster VF 0.1 Water 10.0 TEXANOL/ARCOSOLVE/hindered amine 10.5 UV absorber (TINUVIN ® 1130, Ciba) 1.2 BYK 346 0.5 MICHEMLUBE ® 162 2.0

Each coating is brush applied onto 6″×6″ sections of cedar and pine boards. The weight of the coating applied is regulated by weighing the coating and brush before and after application and ensuring that the same weight of coating is applied to each section.

The coated board sections are allowed to dry at ambient temperature for two weeks, then evaluated for visual appearance, gloss and Hunter L*, a* and b* color. The sections are exposed on racks at a 45° angle in South Florida for six months before being returned and evaluated for visual appearance, gloss, color change and any other signs of degradation or delamination.

The instant hindered amine compounds substituted on the N-atom with an —O—E—OH moiety provide better stabilization efficacy to the sections in respect to visual appearance, gloss retention, resistance to color change and to delamination than do the corresponding —NOR compounds lacking such a hydroxyl moiety.

EXAMPLE 112 Stabilization of Pigmented Automotive OEM Basecoat

A basecoat pigmented with a mixture of Pigment Red 177 and mica is stabilized with 1% by weight of a hindered amine stabilizer based on the total basecoat solids (pigment plus resin). The basecoat is spray applied at a dry film thickness of 1 mil (25 microns) to primed 4″×12″ steel panels, then topcoated with a high solids commercially available automotive clearcoat. The coated panels are cured in an over at 250° F. (121° C.) for 30 minutes. The panels are then exposed in a Xenon-Arc Weather-Ometer under the following conditions:

Cam 180 cycle: 40 minutes light only; 20 minutes light and front spray; 60 minutes light only; 60 minutes dark and rear spray condensate.

Lamp filters are: quartz inner/borosilicate S outer.

Irradiance: 0.55 watts per square meter.

20° Gloss, Distinctness of Image, Hunter Color Space Values (L*, a*, b* and DE) are measured before exposure and after 3000 hours of exposure.

The instant hindered amine compounds substituted on the N-atom with an —O—E—OH moiety provide better stabilization efficacy to the panels in respect to distinctness of image, gloss retention and resistance to color change than do the corresponding —NOR compounds lacking such a hydroxyl moiety.

EXAMPLE 113 ABS Molding Applications

Thermoplastic materials composed of mixtures of copolymers derived from the copolymerization of styrene monomer with acrylonitrile and the copolymerization of styrene monomer with butadiene, generally referred to as ABS, are dry blended with the instant compounds and melt compounded into pellets. Typical formulations contain the instant compounds at levels from 0.05% to 2.0%, a metal stearate such as calcium stearate at 0.05% to 0.5%, pigments from 0% to 5%, UV absorbers at levels of 0.05% to 2.0%, phosphites at 0.0%-0.1%, phenolic antioxidants at 0.0%-1.25%, N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine at 0.0%-0.1%, and optionally other hindered amine stabilizers at levels of 0.0% to 2.0%.

The pelletized fully formulated resin is then processed into a useful article such as extrusion into sheet, film, profile and pipe; molded into bottles; injection molded into a molded article; thermoformed into molded articles; or rotational molded into hollow articles.

The materials containing the instant compounds exhibit stability against deleterious effects of UV light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 114 pK_(a) Values

In order to determine the pK_(a) values of water insoluble materials, organic references with known pK_(a) values in water are titrated non-aqueously. A plot of the half neutralization potential (HNP) versus the known aqueous pK_(a) value of the reference material is established. The HNP of the test material is determined and extrapolated to find the corresponding pK_(a) value of the test material. Such organic reference materials include 2,2,6,6-tetrarnethylpiperidine; 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine; 1-hydroxyethyl-4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine; triacetoneamine and N-methylaniline.

The reference materials, which are structurally at least peripherally related to the instant test materials and are soluble in both water and 1:1 acetonitrile:chloroform, are used to make a calibration plot in the non-aqueous titration (1:1 acetonitrile:chloroform solvent and 0.1N perchloric acid/dioxane titrant) system. Approximately 0.5 milliequivalents of test material is weighed into a titration beaker. Thirty mL of acetonitrile is added to dissolve the sample. Prior to titration, 30 mL of chloroform is added. Titration is carried out and the HNP is determined. The electrolyte for the reference electrode is 2-(aminomethylpyridine. The electrode is allowed to stand in the solvent system for two hours after filling with the electrolyte to achieve equilibration. All samples are run in duplicate. The pK_(a) values are seen in the table below.

Sample* HPN (mv) Calculated pK_(a) I 523 3.9 II 436 4.9 III 513 3.8 IV — 4.6 V — 3.8 VI — 4.8 *I is the compound of Example 73. II is 1-cyclohexyloxy-4-ocatadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine. III is the compound of Example 2. IV is bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate. V is the compound of Example 50. VI is the reaction product of 2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butyl-amino]-6-chloro-s-triazine with N,N′-bis(3-aminopropyl)ethylenediamine.

As can be seen from each of the above pairs of related compounds where the individual compounds differ from the other only by whether the 1-position of the piperidine ring is substituted by an —O—R group or by an —O—E—OH, the instant —O—E—OH compounds consisting have a significantly lower pK_(a) value meaning that said instant compounds are distinguished by consistently lower basicity than the prior art N-OR compounds.

Inspection of the results given in Example 77 shows that this lower basicity and lower pK_(a) values can be translated into superior performance for the instant compounds compared to the closely related prior art N-OR compounds in preventing paint loss on paintable thermoplastic polyolefins (TPO).

EXAMPLE 115 Flame Retardancy

Fiber grade polypropylene, is dry blended with the test additives and then melt is compounded at 234° C. (450° F.) into pellets. All formulations additionally contain melt processing stabilizer system. The pelletized fully formulated resin is then spun at 246° C. (475° F.) into fiber using a Hills laboratory model fiber extruder. The spun tow of 41 filaments is stretch at a ratio of 1:3.2 to give a final denier of 615/41.

The fibers are then knitted into socks and on a Lawson-Hemphill Analysis Knitter. Ten replicates of each sample are tested under NFPA701-1996 Vertical burn procedure. The time in seconds for the knitted sock to extinguish after the insult flame is removed is reported as “After Flame”. Efficacy as a flame retardant is demonstrated when low After Flame times are observed relative to a blank sample containing no flame retardant. The burning time of the drips from the material and the weight loss are also recorded. The data demonstrates that the instant NOR HALS are effective as flame retardants.

Weight loss Additive After flame (s) Drip Burn (s) (%) BLANK, no FR 32 >50   63 Compound of 0.5 12.5 36 Example 73, 1.0%

EXAMPLE 116 Flame Retardancy of Polypropylene Thick Sections

Molding grade polypropylene is dry blended with test additives and then melt compounded into pellets. In addition to the instant compound, halogenated flame retardants are included in the formulation. Typical formulations contain the instant compound and a flame retardants such as: tris(3-bromo-2,2 bis(bromomethyl)propyl)phosphate (FMC PB370); bis(2,3-dibromopropyl ether) of bisphenol A PE68); decabromodiphenyloxide (DBDPO); ethylene bis-tetrabromophthalimide (SATEX BT-93); ethylene bis-dibromonorbornanedi-carboximide (SATEX BN-451). Other formulations may contain Sb₂O₃ in addition to the brominated flame retardants. Other formulations may contain phosphorous based flame retardants such as ethylene diamine diphosphate (EDAP). The pelletized fully formulated resin is then compression molded into test specimens using a Wabash Compression Molder.

Test plaques are tested under UL-94 Vertical burn conditions. A minimum of three replicates are tested. The average time in seconds for the test sample to extinguish after a first and second insult flame is removed is reported. Efficacy as a flame retardant is demonstrated when low Flame times are observed. The instant compounds enhance the flame retardancy of a halogenated or phosphate flame retardant tested alone.

EXAMPLE 117 Flame Retardancy in TPO Thick Sections

Molded test specimens were prepared by injection molding thermoplastic olefin (TPO) pellets containing the instant compounds. The TPO formulations may also contain pigments, a phenolic antioxidant, phosphite or hydroxylamine, a metal stearate, ultraviolet light absorbers (UVA) or a hindered amine stabilizers (HALS) or a mixture of UV absorbers and hindered amine stabilizers.

In addition to the instant compound, halogenated flame retardants are included in the formulation. Typical formulations contain the instant compound and a flame retardants such as: tris(3-bromo-2,2bis(bromomethyl)propyl)phosphate (FMC PB370); bis(2,3-dibromopropyl ether) of bisphenol A (PE68); decabromodiphenyloxide (DBDPO); ethylene bis-tetrabromophthalimide (SATEX BT-93); ethylene bis-dibromonorbomanedi-carboximide (SATEX BN-451). Other formulations may contain Sb₂O₃ in addition to the brominated flame retardants. Other formulations may contain phosphorous based flame retardants such as ethylene diamine diphosphate (EDAP).

Test plaques are tested under UL-94 Vertical burn conditions. A minimum of three replicates are tested. The average time in seconds for the test sample to extinguish after a first and second insult flame is removed is reported. The instant compounds enhance the flame retardancy of a halogenated or phosphate flame retardant tested alone.

EXAMPLE 118 Light Stability in Flame Retardant ABS Molding Applications

Molding grade ABS is dry blended with test additives and then melt compounded into pellets. In addition to the instant compounds, selected flame retardants are also included. The flame retardants are tris[3-bromo-2,2-bis(bromomethyl)propyl]phosphate, decabromodiphenyl oxide, ethylene bis(tetrabromophthalimide) and ethylene bis(dibromonorbornanedicarboximide). The pelletized fully formulated resin is then injection molded into test specimens using a BOY 50M laboratory model injection molder. Other formulations may contain antimony trioxide (Sb₂O₃) in addition to the brominated flame retardants. Other formulation may contain phosphorus based flame retardants such as ethylenediamine diphosphate (EDAP).

Test plaques are mounted in metal frame and exposed in an Atlas Ci65 Xenon Arc Weather-O-meter with intermittent light/dark cycles and water spray following the ASTM G26 test procedure. Specimens are tested at periodic intervals for changes in tensile properties and for changes in color. The longer it takes for the loss in properties to occur and the less the color change as measured by DE, the more effective is the stabilizer system.

The test samples containing the instant compounds exhibit good retention of tensile properties and minimal color change during the accelerated weathering.

EXAMPLE 119 Light Stability in Flame Retardant HIPS Molding Applications

Molding grade high impact polystyrene is dry blended with test additives and then melt compounded into pellets. In addition to the instant compounds, selected flame retardants are also included. The flame retardants are tris[3-bromo-2,2-bis(bromomethyl)propyl]phosphate, decabromodiphenyl oxide, ethylene bis(tetrabromophthalimide) and ethylene bis(dibromonorbomanedicarboximide). The pelletized fully formulated resin is then injection molded into test specimens using a BOY 50M laboratory model injection molder. Other formulations may contain antimony trioxide (Sb₂O₃) in addition to the brominated flame retardants. Other formulation may contain phosphorus based flame retardants such as ethylenediamine diphosphate (EDAP).

Test plaques are mounted in metal frame and exposed in an Atlas Ci65 Xenon Arc Weather-O-meter with intermittent light/dark cycles and water spray following the ASTM G26 test procedure. Specimens are tested at periodic intervals for changes in tensile properties and for changes in color. The longer it takes for the loss in properties to occur and the less the color change as measured by DE, the more effective is the stabilizer system.

The test samples containing the instant compounds exhibit good retention of tensile properties and minimal color change during the accelerated weathering.

EXAMPLE 120 Stabilization of High Solids Acid-catalyzed Thermoset Acrylic Resin Enamel

A high solids (50% by weight) thermoset acrylic resin enamel, catalyzed by 0.8% by weight of dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid, based on the film-forming resin is stabilized by the addition of various instant compounds. The high solids thermoset acrylic resin enamel formulation (Acryloid AT 400 from Rohm and Haas) is based on hydroxyethyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate, styrene, butyl acrylate and butyl methacrylate and a melamine curing agent.

Pieces of steel sheeting 4″×12″ (9.16 cm×30.48 cm), coated with a primer based on polyester/epoxy resin, are then coated with a TiO₂-pigmented base coat based on a binder of 70% of monomers such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, styrene, acrylonitrile, butyl acrylate and acrylic acid with 30% of a melamine resin and an acid catalyst and finally with a clear finishing enamel. The base coat is sprayed onto the sheet to a thickness of about 0.8 mil (0.0203 mm) and air dried for three minutes. The clear finishing enamel is then sprayed onto the sheet to a thickness of about 2.0 mil. After 15 minutes air-drying, the coated sheets are baked for 30 minutes at 121° C.

The stabilizers under test are added to the thermoset acrylic resin finishing enamel in a concentration of 1% by weight before the enamel is coated onto the base coat.

The coated sheets, after storage for three weeks in an air-conditioned room (23°C./50% relative humidity), are subjected to weathering for 2000 hours according to SAE J1920 in a Xenon arc Weather-Ometer. In this apparatus, samples are subjected to weathering in repeated cycles of 180 minutes. The effectiveness of the stabilization is measured by the retention of 20° gloss after weathering.

The sheets stabilized by the instant compounds exhibit good retention of 20° gloss after weathering under extreme weather conditions.

EXAMPLE 121

The samples prepared in Example 120 are also evaluated on the basis of Knoop Hardness (ASTM D-1474-68) on baked and overbaked samples; on the distinction of image (DOI); on Hunter Associates Apparatus; on 20° gloss (ASTM D-523-80); and on cracking based on visual observation.

The samples stabilized by the instant compounds exhibit a pattern of greater retention of 20° gloss and DOI, and a longer absence of severe cracking after exposure.

EXAMPLE 122

The thermoset acrylic enamel of Example 120 is formulated to include 3% by weight of a benzotriazole UV absorber and 1.5% by weight of an instant hindered amine test compound. The enamel is coated over a white base coat or over a silver metallic base coat. Baking is conducted at 121° C. normal bake or at 82° C. automotive low bake repair temperature.

The coated panels are exposed in a Xenon arc exposure apparatus and 20° gloss and distinction of image (DOI) values are determined.

The samples stabilized by the instant compounds exhibit a pattern of greater retention of 20° gloss and DOI.

EXAMPLE 123

Two thermoset acrylic enamels are formulated to include 3% by weight of a benzotriazole UV absorber and 1% by weight of an instant hindered amine test stabilizer.

The thermoset acrylic enamels are based on a binder of 70% of monomers such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, styrene, acrylonitrile, butyl acrylate and acrylic acid with 30% of a melamine resin and an acid catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, dinonylnaphthalenedisulfonic acid, dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid or phenyl acid phosphate.

Pieces of steel sheeting 4″×12″ (9.16 cm×30.48 cm), coated with a primer based on polyester/epoxy resin, are then coated with a base coat and finally with a clear finishing enamel. The base coat is sprayed onto the sheet to a thickness of about 0.8 mil (0.0203 mm) and air dried for three minutes. The clear finishing enamel is then sprayed onto the sheet to a thickness of about 2.0 mil. After 15 minutes air-drying, the coated sheets are baked for 30 minutes at 121° C.

The coated panels are exposed in a Xenon arc exposure apparatus and 20° gloss and distinction of image (DOI) values are determined.

The samples stabilized by the instant compounds exhibit a pattern of greater retention of 20° gloss and DOI.

EXAMPLE 124

A white polyester/melamine based oil-free alkyl coil coating is utilized in this example. The fully formulated paint is applied over a primed steel sheet using a wire wound rod to give 0.6-0.8 mil dry film. The panels are baked for about 90 seconds at 220° C., removed from the oven and immediately quenched in water. The coated panels are exposed in a Xenon Arc Weather-Ometer, and in South Florida at an angle of 45° S to the sun. 20° gloss values are determined.

The samples stabilized by the instant compounds exhibit a pattern of greater retention of 20° gloss.

EXAMPLE 125

The thermoset acrylic enamel of Example 124 including 0.8% dodecylbenzenesulfonic acid is formulated to include varying concentrations of benzotriazole or s-triazine UV absorbers and the instant hindered amine test compounds. The enamel is coated over a silver metallic base coat pursuant to the procedure of Example 124 and baking is conducted for 30 minutes at 121° C. the normal bake temperature.

The coated panels are exposed in a Xenon arc Weather-Ometer and the time to the 50% loss of 20° gloss is determined.

The samples stabilized by the instant compounds and a UV absorber exhibit an excellent retention of 20° gloss and a much longer time till 50% loss in 20° gloss is observed.

EXAMPLE 126

A thermoset acrylic enamel based on a binder of 70% of monomers such as hydroxyethyl acrylate, styrene, acrylonitrile, butyl acrylate and acrylic acid with 30% of a melamine resin and an acid catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, dinonylnaphthalenedisulfonic acid or dodecyl-benzenesulfonic acid is formulated. Commercially available 9.16 cm×30.48 cm Uniprime panels are used as the substrate. The panels are coated with a silver metallic base coat and then with a clear finishing enamel. The base coat is stabilized with 1% of a benzotriazole UV absorber and 1% of an instant hindered amine test compound (based on solid resin) and is sprayed onto the panel to a thickness of about 0.6-0.8 mil and air dried for three minutes. The clear coat including the above-noted stabilizers is then sprayed to a thickness of 1.7-2.0 mils and after 10 minutes of air drying, the coated panels are baked for 30 minutes at 121° C. The coated panels are then exposed in a Xenon arc apparatus and the 20° gloss values are determined.

The samples stabilized by the instant compounds and a UV absorber exhibit excellent retention of 20° gloss.

EXAMPLE 127

A water-borne acrylic melamine enamel is formulated as seen below:

Parts Resin Solids Synthacryl VSW 6483 30 (acrylic dispersion from Hoechst) Synthacryl VSW 6484 42 (50% acrylic resin in butyl diglycol, Hoechst) Maprenal MF 915 25 (70% melamine resin in isobutanol) Maprenal MF 927  3 (melamine resin) 100 

A water-based base coat/clear coat enamel is prepared by spray applying a 0.6-0.8 mil thick film of commercial silver metallic waterborne base coat (from BASF) over an epoxy primed coil coated aluminum panel. This material is baked at 80° C. for five minutes and then clear coated with 1.6-1.8 mil of the waterbome enamel. The system is baked at 80° C. for ten minutes and then at 140° C. for a further 30 minutes. Prior to application of the clear coating, instant test and light stabilizers dissolved in a minimum amount of butyl glycol acetate are added to the paint. The coated panels are exposed in a Xenon arc apparatus for 975 hours. The distinction of image (DOI) retention of the panels is measured.

The samples stabilized by the instant compounds exhibit greater retention of DOI values.

EXAMPLE 128 Stabilization of Tung Oil Phenolic Varnish

Pieces of 1.27 cm×20.32 cm×30.48 cm western red cedar panels having a fine radial cut are used to test a commercially available tung oil phenolic varnish (supplied by McCloskey). One half of each panel is coated with two coats of unstabilized varnish. An equal amount of varnish containing 5% by weight (based on resin solids) of test stabilizers is applied to the other half of the panel in two coats. After storage for two weeks at ambient temperature, the wood panels are exposed outdoors at an angle of 45° S for a period of eight months. The 60° gloss of each half of the panel is measured at the top, middle and bottom portion of the panel and averaged according to ASTM D 523. Due to the lack of homogeneity of wood substrates, the gloss retention of the same varnish tends to differ slightly from panel to panel. Thus, the application of an unstabilized control varnish to every panel allows for a more meaningfuil measurement of the improvement in gloss due to the presence of the instant test compound.

The panels stabilized by the instant compounds show excellent gloss retention after long exposure.

EXAMPLE 129 Stabilization of an Aromatic Urethane Varnish

A sample of commercial aromatic urethane varnish (Flecto-Varathane #90) is tested by the same method described in Example 128. After outdoor exposure at an angle of 45° S for a period of five months, the 60° gloss retention values of unstabilized and stabilized portions of the panels are determined.

The panels stabilized by the instant compounds show excellent gloss retention.

EXAMPLE 130 Stabilization of a White Two-Component Polyester Urethane Gloss Enamel

A white polyester is formulated as shown below:

Parts Component I Desmophen 670-90 (polyester glycol, Mobay) 132.4 Titanium Dioxide 198.6 Cellosolve Acetate 98.9 Sand Mill Desmophen 670-90 94.98 Flow Aid 0.28 Tertiary Amine 0.015 Cellosolve Acetate 332.6 Component II Desmodur N-100 (polyisocyanate, Mobay) 93.9 Cellosolve Acetate 58.7

This material is spray applied at a dry film thickness of 1.5-2.0 mil onto Bonderite 40 cold rolled steel panels that have been previously primed with a commercial epoxy polyamide maintenance primer (Sherwin-Williams Tile Clad II). Prior to application, the instant test compounds are added to the paint. After ambient storage for two weeks, three panels of each formulation are exposed outdoors at an angle of 45° S for a period of nine months. Thereafter, 20° gloss retention is determined by ASTM D 523-80 at the top, middle and bottom portions of each panel. Thus, the average values for nine gloss retention measurements for each triplicate set of panels are obtained.

The panels stabilized by the instant compounds show excellent gloss retention.

EXAMPLE 131 Stabilization of Acrylic Alkyd Refinish Enamel

A commercially available acrylic alkyd enamel pigments with non-leafing aluminum pigment and tinted a light blue is stabilized with a benzotriazole UV absorber and an instant hindered amine test compound and is then spray applied onto Bonderite 40 panels primed with an alkyd primer. After the coating is allowed to cure at room temperature for 14 days, the panels are exposed outdoors at an angle of 45° S for a period of eight months. The 20° gloss of the exposed panels is measured.

The panels stabilized by the instant compounds show excellent gloss retention.

EXAMPLE 132 Stabilization of a Medium Oil Alkyd Enamel

A medium oil alkyd enamel pigmented with a non-leafing aluminum pigment and tinted light blue is stabilized with a benzotriazole UV absorber and an instant hindered amine test compound and is then sprayed applied onto cold rolled steel panels primed with an epoxy primer. After the coating is allowed to cure at room temperature for two weeks, the panels are exposed for accelerated weathering in a Xenon Arc Weather-Ometer for 840 hours. The 20° gloss values of the panels are determined before and after exposure.

The panels stabilized by the instant compounds show excellent gloss retention.

EXAMPLE 133 Electrocoat Composition

A typical E-coat composition is prepared by adding the diglyicidyl ether of bisphenol A, polyethylene oxide diol, bisphenol A and xylene to a flask and heating to 135° C. The catalyst dimethylbenzylamine in xylene is added and the temperature maintained at 143° C. for two hours. The weight per epoxy (WPE) is measured and a previously prepared crosslinker composed of 2,4-toluenediisocyanate, trimethylolpropane blocked with an alcohol is then added and temperature reduced to 100° C. The remaining epoxy groups are then capped with two different secondary amines, namely diketimine of diethylenetriamine and methylethanolamine, in phenyl cellosolve. The temperature is maintained for one hour at 11 0IC and the crosslinker hexamethyl-enediisocyanate blocked with an alcohol is added. The temperature is maintained near 100° C. for 30 minutes and the resin mixture is added to deionized water, surfactant and lactic acid to give a resin emulsion.

To this resin emulsion is added the instant hindered amine compound, additional epoxy resin, carbon black, dibutyltin oxide catalyst, titanium dioxide, lead silicate, water and UV absorber. After dispersion using a sand mill to achieve proper fineness, the mixture is incorporated into an electrocoat bath with water for electrocoating onto a metal substrate.

The steel coating electrocoated with the above E-coat resin composition to a thickness of 23-30 mm and cured for 20 minutes at a temperature of 176-201° C. A pigmented resin layer is coated thereover at a thickness of 20-51 mm using an acrylic coating composition in an organic solver, pigments and a UV absorber. The coated panels are then baked at 121-129° C. to cure the pigmented layer.

The panels are then exposed outdoors for four months. The panels containing the instant hindered amine compound, particularly when used with a UV absorber, provided excellent resistance to delamination of the E-coat layer from the metal substrate.

EXAMPLE 134 Abrasion-Resistant Coating Compositions

A solution in isopropanol of 50% (by weight) of 1,6-hexanediol, 10% 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and 40% colloidal silica (in form of a 34% aqueous dispersion) is vacuum stripped to remove volatiles and combined with an instant hindered amine compound, a benzotriazole UV absorber and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine photoinitiator. These compositions show no gelation on storage.

The compositions above are applied by roller coating to a 15 mil film of bisphenol A polycarbonate and the coated films are passed under a mercury lamp at 43° C. at a line speed of 610 cm/min. The compositions are cured to a colorless and optically clear coatings over the polycarbonate substrate.

The coatings as measured by the Taber Abrasion Test (ASTM D1044) are abrasion resistant.

The test specimens are also subjected to accelerated aging tests using an Atlas Ci35A Xenon Arc Weather-Ometer. The results show that the coatings containing the instant hindered amine compound exhibit excellent resistance to yellowness and haze fonnation.

EXAMPLE 135 Coating over Polycarbonate

A two-component polyester urethane coating is stabilized by the addition of an instant hindered amine compound. The high-solids polyester polyol (Desmophen 670-80, Bayer) is crosslinked with an isocyanate based resin (Desmodue N-3390, Bayer). The coating is catalyzed with 0.015% by weight of dibutyltin dilaurate catalyst.

Plaques of polycarbonate-based plastic substrate (Xenoy) 4″×6″ are coated with the formulated clear coat at a thickness of approximately 1.5 mils. The coating is spray applied to the substrate and then baked at 82° C. for 20 minutes.

After storage for one week at room temperature, each plaque is cut into 2″×3″ strips with five replicates being made for each formulation. Each strip is placed into a 8-oz jar along with 2 mL of distilled water and sealed. All samples are placed in an over at 54° C. A crosshatch adhesion test is performed once a week on at least two of the replicate samples until the sample failed (5% adhesion loss) or until 40 days elapses.

The samples containing the instant hindered amine compounds exhibit excellent resistance to delamination.

EXAMPLE 136

Chromogenic photographic layers are prepared by hand-coating a gelatine emulsion containing silver bromide, yellow coupler and an additive on a polyethylene-coated paper.

The composition of the layer is as given in following table, amounts are in mg/m²:

Component Amount in the layer Gelatine 5150 AgBr  520 Yellow coupler   1.07 mmol/m² Coupler solvent solv1  33% of the coupler weight/m² Additive  30% of the coupler weight/m² Hardener ha1  300 Surfactant su1  340

The layers are dried for 7 days in a ventilated cabinet.

The dried samples are exposed to white light through a stepwedge of 0.3 logE exposure steps. They are developed with the P94 process for negative colour paper from Agfa-Gevaert, following the manufacturers' recommendations.

After exposure and processing, the remission density of the yellow dye is measured in the blue channel. The samples are then exposed in an Atlas WeatherOmeter behind a separate UV filter so as to receive 60 kJ/cm² light energy. The UV filter consists of an emulsion coated onto a polyester transparent support, such that the layer contains 1 g/m² Tinuvin B976®. The temperature is 43° C. and the relative humidity 50%. The density loss starting from a blue-density of 1 is determined. Low ΔD number are desired.

TABLE 1 -DD(60 kJ/cm², from Coupler Additive OD = 1) CoupY1 none 63 CoupY1 X 50 CoupY1 B Y 59 CoupY2 none 40 CoupY2 A X 30 CoupY3 none 24 CoupY3 A X 20 CoupY3 B Y 22 CoupY4 none 36 CoupY4 A X 23

These results show that additives of the present invention improved the light stability of yellow photographic layers.

EXAMPLE 137

Chromogenic photographic layers are prepared by hand-coating a gelatine emulsion containing silver bromide, yellow coupler and an additive on a polyethylene-coated paper.

The composition of the layer is as given in following table, amounts are in mg/m²:

Component Amount in the layer Gelatine 5150 AgBr  520 Yellow coupler   1.07 mmol/m² Coupler solvent solv1  33% of the coupler weight/m² Additive  30% of the coupler weight/m² Hardener ha1  300 Surfactant su1  340

The layers are dried for 7 days in a ventilated cabinet.

The dried samples are exposed to white light through a stepwedge of 0.3 logE exposure steps. They are developed with the P94 process for negative colour paper from Agfa-Gevaert, following the manufacturers recommendations.

After exposure and processing, the remission density of the yellow dye is measured in the blue channel. The samples are then subjected to storage in a Weiss climatic cabinet for 28 days. The density loss starting from a blue-density of 1 is determined. Low DD numbers are desired.

TABLE 1 -DD(28 d at 80° C. and 70% RH, from OD = 1) Coupler Additive in % CoupY1 none 22 CoupY1 X 16 CoupY1 Y 20 CoupY2 none 18 CoupY2 X 10 CoupY2 Y 10 CoupY2 Z 15

These previous results show that additives of the present invention also improved the dark stability of yellow photographic layers.

Components used in Examples 136 and 137:

X is the compound of Example 30.

Y is the compound of Example 73.

Z is the compound of Example 16A.

EXAMPLE 138 Stabilization of Thermoplastic Polyolefins

Molded test specimens are prepared and tested as in Example 76 replacing N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine base stabilizer in Sample NOR-2 with the amine oxide, Genox™ EP, a di(C₁₆-C₁₈)alkyl methyl amine oxide, CAS# 204933-93-7. Light stabilizer formulations comprising a mixture of components outlined in Example 76, an amine oxide and the instant compounds exhibit good stabilization performance against deleterious effects of UV light.

EXAMPLE 139 Paintable Thermoplastic Polyolefins

Molded test specimens are prepared as in Example 77 replacing N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine base stabilizer in Sample NOR-2 with the amine oxide, Genox™ EP. Formulations comprising a mixture of components outlined in Example 77, an amine oxide and the instant compounds exhibit good paint adhesion compared with a formulation substituting the close prior art compound where no hydroxyl moiety is present for the instant compounds.

EXAMPLE 140 Stabilization of Polypropylene Fiber

Fiber specimens are prepared and tested as in Example 79 replacing N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine base stabilizer in Sample NOR-2 with the amine oxide, Genox™ EP. Light stabilizer formulations comprising a mixture of components outlined in Example 79, an amine oxide and the instant compounds exhibit good stabilization performance against deleterious effects of UV light.

EXAMPLE 141 Stabilization of a Glycidyl Metliacrylate-based Powder Clearcoat

One of the major new coating technologies which can be used to meet increasingly stringent VOC solvent emission requirements is the use of powder coatings. Applications requiring the use of light stabilizers include clearcoats for finishing of automotive topcoats, finishing of garden implements, protection of automotive wheel covers. For optimum incorporation and shelf stability, stabilizers used in a powder coating should be moderate-melting (˜100° C.) solids, nonvolatile, and heat stable at typical powder coating baking temperatures (140-180° C.).

Prior to incorporation of the Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers under test, a premix of commercially available GMA-based powder coating resin, UV absorber, and flow aids is made by extruding together at 145° C. The Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers under test are then incorporated into portions of this premix, along with a commercially available 1,12 dodecanoic acid crosslinking resin. The final mix is extruded at 100° C., then the extrudate is milled on an ultracentrifugal mill and powder cyclone, and sieved. The powders are electrostatically sprayed onto a basecoat to a film thickness of 60 microns. The coatings are cured for 30 minutes at 160° C.

The panels are weathered in a Xenon WeatherOmeter, and in Florida at 5° South angle. Gloss and color are measured.

The panels stabilized by the instant compounds show excellent gloss retention.

EXAMPLE 142 Stabilization of an Oil Modified Urethane Alkyd for Wood Application

The Hindered Amine Light Stabilizers under test are incorporated into a commercially available solvent-borne urethane alkyd McWhorter 43-4355. A 2-hydroxy benzotriazole UV absorber is also incorporated into all formulations. The Hindered Amine light stabilizers are added at equivalent piperidine levels. After mixing, the clear coatings are applied by brushing to white pine boards. Each board is divided into 8 sections separated by a groove ⅛″ deep, which is sealed with a film-forming clear varnish and the back and sides are coated with a white chlorinated pool paint. The stabilized coatings are applied in triplicate in three coats to sections of the boards in such a way as to ensure that a control formulation is present on each of the boards for comparison. The wood samples are allowed to dry for 1 week, then placed on exposure in Florida, Australia, and New York.

The panels stabilized by the instant compounds show good color retention, cracking resistance, and visual gloss retention.

EXAMPLE 143 Preformed Films for Lamination to Plastic Parts

The instant invention also pertains to protective and decorative films which are preformed, then applied to a substrate via a dry paint transfer process. These films consist of a single decorative layer which is applied to a carrier sheet, then laminated to a self-supporting, thermoformable backing sheet. The carrier sheet is then removed from the opposite side of the film, exposing the decorative layer. The composite film/backing sheet then is thermoformed to a three-dimensional shape. Additionally, these films may also consist of multiple layers, where, for example, a thermoplastic, thermoformable clearcoat is applied to the caTrier sheet, then writ hardened to form an optically clear film. A color coat is then applied to the exposed face of the clearcoat, and hardened, resulting in a clear coat/color coat paint film supported by the carrier. This composite is then laminated to a thermoformable backing sheet, as above. The carrier sheet is removed, as above, and the composite clearcoat/colorcoat/backing is then thermoformed, as above.

The polymeric resins for the above application must be thermoplastic, and may be fluoropolymer/acrylic blends.

EXAMPLE 144 UV Stabilization and Water Carry Over Effects in Polypropylene Tapes

1 to 5 g of a hindered hydrocarbyloxyamine of formulae (1)-(45), 1 g of tris(2,4-di-ter-butylphenyl)phosphite, 0.5 g of pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate) and 1 g of calcium stearate are mixed in a turbomixer with 1000 g of polypropylene powder having a melt index of 2.1 (measured at 230° C. and 2.16 Kg). The final concentration of hindered amine is 0.1% to 0.5% in the PP.

The mixture is extruded at 200-220° C. to give polymer granules which are subsequently converted to stretched tapes of 50 microns thickness and 2.5 mm width, using a semi industrial type of apparatus (Leonard-Sumirago(VA)-Italy) and working under the following conditions:

Extruder temperature: 210-230° C.

Head temperature: 240-260° C.

Stretch ratio: 1:6

The tapes thus prepared are mounted on a white card and expose in Weather-Ometer 65 WR(ASTM D 2565-85) with a black panel temperature of 63° C.

The residual tensile strength is measured, by means of a constant velocity tensometer, on a sample taken after various light exposure times; from this, the exposure time (in hours) required to halve the initial tensile strength (T₅₀) is measured.

The 10 tapes containing a present hindered amine of formula (1)-(45) respectively exhibit excellent UV light stability.

Water carry-over is expressed as the rate at which a film or stretched tape can be extruded before water from the water cooling bath is carried along with the film. The higher the water carry-over value, the faster and more economically a film or stretched tape can be processed. It is well known in the art that additives can have an effect on water carry-over. The films containing a present hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) respectively exhibit high production rates.

EXAMPLE 145 Polyolefin Articles in Contact with Pool Chemicals (Chlorine)

Film grade polyethylene is dry blended with approximately 10% by weight of a test additive of the present invention and then melt compounded at 200° C. into “Masterbatch” pellets. The fully formulated “Masterbatch” pellets are dry blended with polyethylene resin to get the desired fmal stabilizer concentrations. Typical formulations contain an additive of the present invention at levels from 0.05% to 2.0%, a metal stearate such as calcium stearate at 0.05% to 0.5%, a phosphite at 0% to 0.1%, a phenolic antioxidant at 0% to 1.25%, an N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine at 0% to 0.1% and optionally a hindered amine at 0% to 2.0%. The stabilized fully formulated resin is then blown at 200° C. into a 150 micron thick film on a DOLCI film line.

The resulting films are exposed for 4 hours to 20 liters of a aqueous solution containing 22.5 ppm chlorine. The chlorine is made available via Leslies Fast Dissolving Super Shock—Super Chlorinator (Shock and Algae control) from OLIN Pool Products, Norwalk Conn. This Super Shock is 78% Calcium Hypochlorite is used accordingly to make the 22.5 ppm Cl available. After the 4 hours of the chlorine exposure the samples are rinsed in Distilled water 3 times, and air dried to prepare them for accelerated weathering. A duplicate sample is exposed to distilled water without the Chlorine. All the dipped samples are exposed for 250 hour intervals in a Weather-O-meter 65 WR (ASTM D 2565-85-dry) with a black panel temperature of 63° C. After each 250 hour interval of accelerated weathering, the samples are again exposed to the aqueous exposure as above. Failure is defined as the time to a 50% loss of original elongation. This test is designed to simulate exposure to pool chemicals as would be experienced by pool covers.

The 10 films containing a present compound of formulae (1)-(45) show good resistance to pool chemicals containing chlorine.

Other polyolefin articles, such as pool hoses, exposed to pool chemicals containing a present compound of formulae (1)-(45) show good resistance to pool chemicals containing chlorine.

EXAMPLE 146 Stabilization of Polyolefins in Grease Filled Cable Construction

100 parts high density polyethylene are dry blended with 0.4 parts of Irganox® MD 1024 (1,2-bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamoyl)hydrazine) and 0.2 parts of a hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45). The mixtures are melt compounded into pellets at 230° C. in a Superior/MPM extruder using a 24:1 L/D screw with Maddock mixing head at 60 rpm.

The pelletized polyethylene containing the stabilizer mixtures are compression molded at 400° F. into 10 mil (0.01 inch) thick films with Mylar backing. “Initial oxidation induction time” (OIT) is measured on these test films.

The sample films are then submersed in Witcogel®, available from Witco, a typical hydrocarbon cable filler grease used in telecom cables. The Witco filling compound contains 0.6% Irganox® 1035, thiodiethylene bis[3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate]. The sample films submersed in the filling compound are exposed in an air oven at 70° C. for 14 days. The samples are then wiped clean of the cable filler grease. “Aged oxidation induction time” is measured on these samples.

OIT testing is accomplished using a differential scanning calorimeter as per ASTM standard test method D3895. The test conditions are: Uncrimped aluminum pan; no screen; heat up to 200° C. under nitrogen, followed by a switch to a 100 milliliter/minute flow of oxygen. Oxidation induction time (OIT) is the time interval between the start of oxygen flow and the exothermic decomposition of the test specimen. OIT is reported in minutes; under the conditions of this test the longer the OIT the more effective the stabilizer mixture is at delaying the onset of oxidative degradation. Relative performance of stabilizer mixtures in grease filled cable applications can be predicted by comparing the initial OIT values, the aged OIT values and the differences between the initial OIT and aged OIT values.

The stabilizer mixtures containing a metal deactivator and a hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45), provide excellent performance as measured by initial and aged OIT. Irganox® is a trademark of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation.

EXAMPLE 147 Retention of Physical Properties and Color Control of Gamma Irradiated Polypropylene

Unipol®, Union Carbide Corporation, gas phase polypropylene random copolymer with an initial melt flow rate of ca. 2 dg/min is via addition of a dialkylperoxide, controlled rheology modified to have a target melt flow rate of ca. 25 dg/min, an appropriate melt flow rate for injection molding. A clarifier is added at ca. 2200 ppm to enhance the transparency of the molded articles.

The formulations contain either a binary stabilizer system of a hindered hydrocarbyloxyamine of formulae (1)-(45) and an organophosphorus compound, a binary system of a hindered hydrocarbyloxyamine of formulae (1)-(45) and one or more compounds selected from the group of hydroxylamine stabilizers, benzofuranone stabilizers and amine oxide stabilizers, or a ternary system of a hindered hydrocarbyloxyamine of formulae (1)-(45), one or more compounds selected from the group of hydroxylamine stabilizers, benzoflranone stabilizers and amine oxide stabilizers and an organophosphorus compound.

The hindered hydrocarbyloxyamines of formulae (1)-(45) are typically present from about 0.1% to about 1% by weight, the hydroxylamines, benzofuranones and/or amine oxides are typically present from about 0.01% to about 0.5% by weight, and the organic phosphorus compounds are typically present from 0.05% to about 0.5% by weight, based on the overall formulation.

The formulations are prepared by dry blending the appropriate additives with the polymer in a Turbula® blender for twenty minutes followed by melt compounding on a single screw extruder at 500° F. (260° C.) using a polyolefin screw fitted with a Maddock mixing section. Each formulation also contains 750 ppm calcium stearate, 250 ppm of the dialkylperoxide 2,5-bis(tert-butylperoxyl)-2,5-dimethylhexane (90% tech. grade) and 2200 ppm of the Clarifier-1 (Millade 3988). Each 2 kg batch is split into 1 kg lots, where 1 kg is multiple pass extruded and the other is injection molded into Type IV tensile bars. The Type IV tensile bars, and a set of 125 mil plaques are split into three sets and treated with gamma irradiation from a ⁶⁰Co radiation source at 0, 30 and 60 Kilograys (or 0, 3 and 6 megarads) of exposure. The tensile bars are evaluated for retention of tensile strength and % elongation (at yield, at break) as a function of irradiation dose. The plaques are evaluated for changes in transparency or discoloration as a function of irradiation dose. The irradiated tensile bars, as well as the 125 mil plaques are then oven aged at 60° C. Color and haze development are measured weekly up to 4 weeks on the 125 mil plaques.

A typical organophosphorus stabilizer employed is Irgafose 168, tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)phosphite, Ultranox® 626, bis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite, Irgafos® P-EPQ, tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)4,4′-biphenylene-diphosphonite or Ultranox® 641, 2,4,6-tri-t-butylphenyl-(2-ethyl-2-propylpropylidene)phosphite. The amine oxide may be Genox™ EP, a di(C₁₆-C₁₈)alkyl methyl amine oxide, CAS# 204933-93-7. The hydroxylamine stabilizer is for example Irgastab® FS-042, an N,N-di(alkyl)hydroxylamine produced by the direct oxidation of N,N-di(hydrogenated tallow)amine. The benzofuranone stabilizer may be Irganox® HP-136, 3-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-5,7-di-tert-butyl-benzofuran-2-one. Irgafos®, Irgastab® and Irganox® are trademarks of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp. Genox™ and Ultranox® are trademarks of GE Chemicals.

The formulations including a present compound of formula (1)-(45) show superior physical property and color retention.

EXAMPLE 148 Retention of Physical Properties and Color Control of Gamma Irradiated HDPE

Solution phase Ziegler/Natta high density polyethylene copolymer (d=0.945 g/cm³) with a nominal melt flow rate of ca. 17 dg/min (2.16 kg @ 190° C.) samples are prepared with the additives by adding a 5% additive concentrate to the “additive free” pelleted base resin in a Turbula® blender for twenty minutes followed by melt compounding on a single screw extruder at 450° F. (232° C.) using a polyolefin screw fitted with a Maddock mixing section. The formulations contain the same additives at the levels described in Example 147. Each formulation contains 500 ppm of calcium stearate as an acid scavenger. Each 2 kg batch is split into 1 kg lots and 1 kg is multiple pass extruded and the other is injection molded into Type IV tensile bars or compression molded into 125 mil plaques.

The Type IV tensile bars, 125 mil plaques and 1^(st) pass extrusion pellets are split into three sets and treated with gamma irradiation from a ⁶⁰Co radiation source at 0, 30 and 60 Kilograys (or 0, 3 and 6 megarads) of exposure. The tensile bars are evaluated for retention of tensile strength and % elongation (at yield, at break), the plaques are evaluated for discoloration, and the pellets are tested for retention of melt flow rate, all as a function of irradiation dose. The irradiated tensile bars, as well as the 125 mil plaques, are oven aged at 60° C. Color development, tensile strength and % elongation are measured during oven aging at 60° C.

The formulations containing a hindered hydrocarbyloxyamine of formulae (1)-(45) show superior physical property and color retention.

EXAMPLE 149 Retention of Physical Properties and Color Control of Gamma Irradiated Polypropylene Homopolymer for Fiber

Polypropylene homopolymer, Ti/Al catalyst, bulk phase process, with a nominal melt flow index of ca. 15 dg/min at 2.16 kg/230° C. is extruded into fibers at 525° F. and a draw ratio of 3.5:1 and 15 Denier per filament. The fibers are knitted into socks. Samples are also compression molded into plaques. The individual formulations each contain a 1:1 blend of calcium stearate/dihydrotalcite at a total level of 500 ppm as an acid scavenger. Formulations are otherwise prepared as per Example 147.

The fibers, socks and plaques are treated with gamma irradiation from a ⁶⁰Co radiation source at 0, 30, and 60 Kilograys (or 0, 3 and 6 megarads) of exposure.

The formulations containing a present hindered hydrocarbyloxyamine of formulae (1)-(45) show superior color and/or physical property retention. Such formulations are suitable for woven or nonwoven fibers or filaments or fabrics prepared therefrom.

EXAMPLE 150 Retention of Physical Properties and Color Control of Gamma Irradiated Linear Low Density Polyethylene for Film

Unipol®, Union Carbide Corporation, gas phase E/H LLDPE copolymer; Ti/Al catalyst; melt index ca. 1 dg/min. at 2.16 kg/190° C. is extruded into blown films at 450° F. to produce 1.5 mil films. The individual formulations each contain zinc stearate at a total level of 500 ppm as an acid scavenger. Formulations are otherwise prepared as per Example 147.

The films are treated with gamma irradiation from a ⁶⁰Co radiation source at 0, 30 and 60 Kilograys (or 0, 3 and 6 megarads) of exposure.

The films containing the formulations of the present invention show superior physical property and color retention.

EXAMPLE 151 Non-Woven Polypropylene Fiber Agricultural Film

Forming spunbonded fabrics is a conventional process well know in the art. Fiber grade polypropylene is dry blended with 10% loading of the test additive and then melt compounded at 220° C. into masterbatch pellets. The master batch pellets are dry blended with polypropylene resin (MFR=35-50) at a ratio to yield 1.0% additive. Spunbonded fibers are prepared by extrusion of molten polypropylene resin (die temperature=230° C.) as filaments from a plurality of fine circular capillaries of a spinneret. Cooling air is fed into a quenching chamber (2,400 rpm) wherein the filaments are cooled. The cooling air is then sucked through a nozzle, which accelerates the flow of air creating a force which draws the filaments. The drawn filaments are then passed through a diff-usor and deposited on a conveyor belt (33 m/min) to form a non woven fabric.

Forming meltblown fabrics is a conventional process well know in the art. Polypropylene samples are dry blended with 10% loading of a test additive of formulae (1)-(45) respectively, and then melt compounded at 220° C. into masterbatch pellets. The master batch pellets are dry blended with polypropylene resin (MFR 1200) at a ratio to yield 1.0% additive. Meltblown fibers are prepared by extrusion of molten polypropylene resin as filaments from a plurality of fine circular capillaries of a spinneret. A high-velocity heated air stream attenuates the filaments of molten polypropylene to reduce their diameter. There after the meltblown fibers are carried by the high-velocity heated air stream and are deposited on a collection surface to form a web of randomly dispersed meltblown fibers. Thermal bonding of the web to retain integrity and strength occurs as a separate downstream operation.

The nonwoven fabrics containing a present compound of formulae (1)-(45) show good UV stability in agricultural applications such as direct covers, small tunnel covers, and shade cloths and also show good stability after exposure to agricultural chemicals such as pesticides and herbicides.

EXAMPLE 152 Preparation of Polyolefin Hollow Articles by the Rotomolding Process

100 parts medium density polyethylene, copolymerized with hexene (Novapol® TR-0735, nominal melt index 6.8 g/10 min., density 0.935 g/cm³) are dry blended with 0.050 parts of calcium stearate and a combination of additional stabilizers (see below). The mixtures are melt compounded into pellets at 232° C. in a Superior/MPM extruder using a 24:1 L/D screw with Maddock mixing head at 100 rpm.

The compounded pellets are ground to a uniform particle size (150-500 μm) prior to the rotational molding process. This grinding step increases the surface area of the particles leading to a faster heat absorption, and thus reducing overall energy consumption.

The rotational molding process is performed in a laboratory scale equipment FSP M20 “Clamshell”. The ground resin is placed in a cast aluminum mold, which is rotated biaxially in a gas fired oven. Hot air is circulated by blowers in the chamber while the temperature is increased to 288° C. within 4 minutes. This temperature is maintained for a specific time (see Tables below). Subsequently, the oven is opened and while still rotating, the mold is cooled with forced air circulation for 7 minutes, followed by water spray mist for 7 minutes, and an additional air cooling step for 2 minutes. Throughout the entire heating and cooling cycles, the speed of the major axis is maintained at 6 rpm with a 4.5:1 ratio of rotation. After the cooling cycles, the mold is opened and the hollow object removed.

Formulations 1-45 are additionally blended with a combination of 0.100 parts of the phosphite process stabilizer Irgafos® 168, 0.050 parts of the hydroxylamine process stabilizer Irgastab® 042 and 0.200 parts of a compound of formulae (1)-(45) respectively.

Formulations 46-90 are additionally blended with a combination of 0.100 parts of the phosphonite process stabilizer Irgafos® P-EPQ, 0.050 parts of the hydroxylamine process stabilizer Irgastab® 042 and 0.200 parts of a compound of formula (1)-(45) respectively.

Formulations 91-135 are additionally blended with a combination of 0.100 parts of the phosphite process stabilizer Ultranox® 626, 0.050 parts of the hydroxylamine process stabilizer Irgastab® 042 and 0.200 parts of a compound of formulae (1)-(45) respectively.

Irgafos® 168 is tris-(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)phosphite. Ultranox® 626 is bis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)pentaerythritol diphosphite. Irgafose P-EPQ is tetrakis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)4,4′-biphenylene-diphosphonite. Irgastab® 042 is the N,N-di(alkyl)hydroxylamine produced by the direct oxidation of N,N-di(hydrogenated tallow)amine. Irganox® 1076 is octadecyl 3-(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)propionate. Tinuvin®, Irgafos®, Irgastab® and Irganox® are registered trademarks of Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation. Ultranox® is a registered trademark of GE Chemicals.

Formulations 1-135 are rotationally molded into hollow objects according to the general procedure with hold times of 6 to 14 minutes.

Yellowness Index of the outer surface is determined on a DCI SF600 spectrophotometer according to ASTM D 1925. An increase in yellowness corresponds to a positive increase in the Yellowness Index. Formulations 1-135 exhibit excellent color stability at these processing conditions.

Low-temperature impact strength testing is performed with an instrumented drop weight (11.34 kg/150.8 cm) impact apparatus Dynatup® 8250. Test specimens are conditioned in an air circulated freezer for no less than 12 hours at −40° C. prior to test.

The impact strength results are reported in % brittleness. Formulations 1-135 exhibit excellent stability with regard to the failure mode based on low-temperature impact strength testing at these processing conditions.

Formulations 1-135 also exhibit excellent gas fading resistance. The stabilizer systems described above also exhibit reduced cycle times in the polyolefin rotational molding process compared to the current state of the art systems.

The phosphite Irgafos® 38 may be substituted for the organic phosphorus compounds in the above formulations with excellent results. Irgafos® 38, available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corporation, is bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite.

Hollow articles are also prepared replacing Irgastab® 042 of Formulations 1-135 with the amine oxide Genoex™ EP. Genox™ EP is a di(C₁₆-C₁₈)alkyl methyl amine oxide, CAS#204933-93-7, available from GE Specialty Chemicals. These formulations also exhibit excellent color stability, mechanical stability and improved cycle times.

EXAMPLE 153 Stabilization of Recycled Plastics

Articles, films and fibers prepared according to the present examples which are fabricated using recycled plastics as part of the formulation as well as a present compound of formulae (1)-(45) exhibit stability against the deleterious effects of actinic light and thermal exposure.

EXAMPLE 154 Clear Polycarbonate/ABS Blends

All additives are commercial materials. Titanium dioxide is DuPont Ti-PURE® R-104. Polycarbonate (PC) is LEXAN® 141-111 natural; ABS is Dow MAGNUM® 34EZ. Polymers and additives are extrusion compounded in one pass using a twin screw extruder of screw design 18 mm, co-rotating, non-intermeshing; processing temperature 240° C., with a die melt temperature 260° C. Injection molding of Izod bars (2.5″L×0.5″W×0.125″W) is done on a BOY 30 machine, barrel temperature 475-515° F., die temperature 515° F.

Accelerated weathering is performed using an Atlas Ci65A Weather-Ometer (“XAW”), operated in either “Dry XAW” mode (ASTM G26-90 method C) or interior auto (“IAXAW”) (black panel temperature 89° C., light/dark cycle 3.8 hr/1.0 hr; irradiance 0.55 watt/m², inner filter-quartz, outer filter-high borate.

Yellowness Index and delta E color are performed as per ASTM D-1925, using a Chroma-Sensor CS-5 Colorimeter, operated at 10 degree, small area view, specular included.

Chip impact is performed per ASTM D4508-90 on a TMI Monitor/Impact Tester using a 30 ft-lb weight. Per ASTM D4508-90 paragraph 4.6, the impact strength results are reported as a complete break, a partial break or a non-break, with a non-break specimen exhibiting the most desired impact retention, and partial break being the next desired impact retention. Data presented are the average of ten replicate samples for each formulation.

Melt rheology is performed using a Kayeness Galaxy V capillary rheometer, equipped with a 1000 pound load cell, a die of orifice radius 0.015 inch and orifice length 1.0000 inch., operated at the stated test temperature. Samples are pre-dried in a vacuum oven under nitrogen atmosphere to an analyzed moisture level of less than 100 ppm prior to rheology testing.

The stabilizers used in the tests below are:

TINUVIN® 234 (Ciba) is 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole;

IRGAFOS® 168 (Ciba) is tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl)phosphite.

TINUVIN® 1577 (Ciba) 4,6-diphenyl-2-(4-hexyloxy-2-hydroxyphenyl)-s-triazine

Chip impact bars are prepared and subjected to dry XAW accelerated weathering. The samples are removed at selected intervals for color measurement and then for destructive chip impact testing.

Formulations containing 0.75 weight percent of a present hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) respectively and 0.5 weight percent of Tinuvin® 234 exhibit outstanding color stability and retention of useful mechanical properties as measured by chip impact strength.

All formulations contain 0.1% Irgafos 168; all are 50/50 wt/wt PC and ABS.

EXAMPLE 155 Interior Auto XAW-Clear PC/ABS

Chip impact bars are prepared as per Example 154 and subjected to accelerated weathering under interior auto Xenon Arc Weather-Ometer (IAAW) conditions. Test samples are removed at intervals for color measurement and then destructive chip impact testing. The IAXAW conditions are more severe than dry Xenon XAW) conditions due to higher temperature and higher irradiance energy.

Formulations containing 0.75 weight percent of a present hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) respectively in addition to 0.5 weight percent of Tinuvin® 234 exhibit outstanding color stability and retention of useful mechanical properties as measured by chip impact strength. All formulations contain (0.1%) Irgafos 168; all are 50/50 wt/wt PC and ABS.

EXAMPLE 156 Interior Auto XAW-Pigmented PC/ABS

Formulations of a 50/50 wt/wt blend of PC and ABS which contain 1.0 wt. % titanium dioxide (TiO₂), 0.75 weight percent of a hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) respectively and 0.50 weight percent of either TINUVIN® 1577 or TINUVIN® 234 are prepared and tested as per Example 154. The formulations exhibit outstanding resistance to color change (delta E). The chip impact values are favorably high as well. All formulations contain (0.1%) Irgafos 168; all are 50/50 wt/wt PC and ABS.

EXAMPLE 157 Melt Stability of PC/ABS Blends

The retention of molecular weight during processing of a polymer or polymer blend is critical for the successful production of a useful article. Additives which interact adversely with the polymer substrate during processing are of limited or no value to the production of a final useful article. The adverse interactions may be due to various factors, such as a chemical reaction between the additive and the polymer which results in a reduction of polymer molecular weight by chain cleavage. Also, if the additive itself degrades during the required high temperature processing of the polymer, then the degradation products of the additive itself may interact antagonistically with the polymer.

An acceptable hindered amine stabilizer for use in a polycarbonate blend should exhibit minimal deleterious interaction with the polymers during their high temperature processing into useful articles. Hindered amines which are basic (having a pKa value >7 typically) are known to cause degradation of polycarbonates, especially during melt processing of the polymer as taught by G. L. Gaines, Jr. (Polymer Degradation and Stability, 27 13-18 (1990)). Melt rheology testing is an accepted method to assess the stability of a polymer in the melt state (see ASTM D 3835-90) and thus to relate the interaction of additives to changes in molecular weight of the polymers. Polymer molecular weight, and changes in molecular weight, may be expressed in terms of the polymer apparent melt viscosity. A decrease in apparent melt viscosity over time of the test indicates that polymer degradation and molecular weight reduction are occurring whereas an increase in apparent melt viscosity over time indicates polymer degradation may be occurring by a crosslinking or a molecular weight buildup mechanism. It is often convenient to represent this change in melt viscosity as the melt viscosity ratio as taught by A. B. Auerbach et al., Polymer Engineering and Science, 30, 1041-1050 (1990). The melt viscosity ratio (MVR) may be defined as the change in melt viscosity (η) over time, and expressed as the ratio of a melt viscosity at some extended test time (η_(x)) divided by the initial melt viscosity (η_(o)) ultimately expressed as (η_(x)/η_(o)).

Formulations of 50/50 wt/wt PC/ABS samples containing a present hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) respectively, alone and polymer samples additionally containing various additives which are incorporated as described for Examples 154 and 155 exhibit low detrimental impact on apparent melt viscosity of formulations.

The PC/ABS blends of Examples 154-157 may be replaced with PC/ASA blends which also exhibit excellent color stability and mechanical stability as measured by impact strength and melt flow stability.

The PC/ABS blends of Examples 154-157 may be replaced with PC/polyester blends such as PC/PET and PC/PBT blends which also exhibit excellent color stability and mechanical stability as measured by impact strength and melt flow stability.

ASA is acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylate, the acrylate is typically butyl acrylate. PET is polyethylene terephthalate. PBT is polybutylene terephthalate. ABS is acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene.

EXAMPLE 158 Coextrusion over PVC

A sheet composition suitable for use in weatherable house siding is prepared by coextrusion of a 0.010″ thick light stabilized rigid PVC layer (“cap layer”) over a 0.060″ thick rigid PVC bulk substrate (“bulk layer”). Composition of the layers is given below.

Cap Layer 100.00 phr PVC 2.50 phr IRGASTAB ® T 634 (thermal stabilizer) 6.00 phr KM-334 (acrylic impact modifier - Rohm & Haas) 1.50 phr K-120N (processing aid - Rohm & Haas) 0.60 phr Paraffin Wax 165 (Rheolube) 0.30 phr PE Wax AC629A (Honeywell) 0.50 phr Gray color concentrate 4.70 phr R-960 titanium dioxide (DuPont) 0.50 phr NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45) 0.50 phr TINUVIN ® 328 (UV absorber) Bulk Layer 100.00 phr PVC 2.50 phr IRGASTAB ® T 634 (thermal stabilizer) 6.00 phr KM-334 (acrylic impact modifier - Rohm & Haas) 1.50 phr K-120N (processing aid - Rohm & Haas) 0.60 phr Paraffin Wax 165 (Rheolube) 0.30 phr PE Wax AC629A (Honeywell)

The weatherability of the sheets of the present invention, containing the hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45), respectively, is superior to a control sheet prepared without the use of NOR HALS in the cap layer.

The PVC cap layer may be replaced with ASA, PMMA, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) or polypropylene-PMMA graft copolymer (PP-g-PMMA) cap layers as per the following formulations. In each case the bulk layer is as above.

Cap Layer 100.00 phr ASA (e.g. GELOY ® from GE Plastics)  0.50 phr Gray color concentrate  4.70 phr R-960 titanium dioxide (DuPont)  0.50 phr NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45)  0.50 phr TINUVIN ® 328 (UV absorber)  0.10 phr IRGANOX ® B 900 (process stabilizer) Cap Layer 100.00 phr impact-modified PMMA  0.50 phr Gray color concentrate  4.70 phr R-960 titanium dioxide (DuPont)  0.50 phr NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45)  0.50 phr TINUVIN ® 234 (UV absorber)  0.10 phr IRGANOX ® B 900 (process stabilizer) Cap Layer 100.00 phr PVDF (e.g. KYNAR ® from Elf Atochem)  0.50 phr Gray color concentrate  4.70 phr R-960 titanium dioxide (DuPont)  0.50 phr NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45)  0.50 phr TINUVIN ® 213 (UV absorber) Cap Layer 100.00 phr PP-g-PMMA (e.g. INTERLOY ® from Montell)  0.50 phr Gray color concentrate  4.70 phr R-960 titanium dioxide (DuPont)  0.20 phr NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45)  0.20 phr CHIMASSORB ® 2020 (HALS)  0.20 phr TINUVIN ® 328 (UV absorber)  0.10 phr IRGASTAB ® FS 301 (process stabilizer)

In each case, the weatherability of the sheets of the present invention, containing the hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45), respectively, is superior to a control sheet prepared without the use of NOR HALS in the cap layer.

EXAMPLE 159 Coextrusion over Polycarbonate

A sheet composition suitable for use in weatherable glazing is prepared by coextrusion of a 0.010″ thick light stabilized PMMA layer (“cap layer”) over a 0.100″ thick polycarbonate bulk substrate (“bulk layer”). Composition of the layers is given in the table below.

Cap Layer 100.00 phr PMMA  0.10 phr IRGANOX ® B 900 (process stabilizer)  0.25 phr NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45)  3.50 phr TINUVIN ® 1577 (UV absorber) Bulk Layer 100.00 phr Polycarbonate (e.g. LEXAN ® 141 from GE)  0.08 phr IRGAFOS ® 168 (process stabilizer)  0.10 phr TINUVIN ® 234 (UV absorber)

The weatherability of the sheets of the present invention, containing the hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45), respectively, is superior to a control sheet prepared without the use of NOR HALS in the cap layer.

Coextruded sheets are also prepared, replacing Tinuvin® 1577 in the cap layer with each of Tinuvin® 360 and Tinuvin® 234. Excellent results are achieved for these coextruded sheets containing the hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45), respectively.

Tinuvin® 234 (Ciba) is 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, Tinuvin® 1577 (Ciba) is 4,6-diphenyl-2-(4-hexyloxy-2-hydroxyphenyl)-s-triazine and Tinuvin® 360 is 2,2′-methylene-bis(4-t-octyl-(6-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol).

EXAMPLE 160 Coextrusion over ABS

A composition suitable for use as weatherable window profile is prepared by coextrusion of a 0.010″ thick light stabilized ASA layer (“cap layer”) over a 0.060″ thick ABS bulk substrate (“bulk layer”). Composition of the layers is given in the table below.

Cap Layer 100.00 phr ASA (e.g. GELOY ® from GE Plastics)  4.00 phr R-960 titanium dioxide (DuPont)  0.50 phr NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45)  0.50 phr TINUVIN ® 328 (UV absorber)  0.10 phr IRGANOX ® B 900 (process stabilizer) Bulk Layer 100.00 phr ABS (e.g. CYCOLAC ® from GE Plastics)  0.10 phr IRGANOX ® B 900 (process stabilizer)

The weatherability of the sheets of the present invention, containing the hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45), respectively is superior to a control sheet prepared without the use of NOR HALS in the cap layer.

EXAMPLE 161 Multilayer Polymer Structures

The NOR HALS of formulae (1)-(45) have utility as light stabilizers to protect light sensitive polymers present in multilayer polymer structures. Examples of such polymer structures include but are not limited to:

1.) Sheets and signs as seen in WO97/42261; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,387,458 which are incorporated herein by reference;

2.) Solar Control Films of Various Construction as seen in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,290,203, 3,681,179, 3,776,805 and 4,095,013, incorporated herein by reference; and

3.) Base stock or cap stock for coextrusion structures such as window profiles, laminates over automotive bumpers or auto exterior panels.

Window profiles include photosensitive polymers such as ABS, ASA, SAN or vinylogous polymers such as PVC. Automotive polymeric materials which are photosensitive include for example ABS, SAN, ASA and polycarbonate as well as blends such as PC/ABS, which include Pulse® from Dow, Cycoloy® from GE, Bayblend® from Bayer, PC/PBT known as Xenoy® from GE, PC/ASA such as Geloy® from GE, and the “W-438 polymer as disclosed by General Electric Company (Modem Plastics May 2000 pages 90-91).

The hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) of this disclosure act to protect against photolytic degradation of a polymer component, or an incorporated pigment, dye colorant, or protect adhesive or “tie-layers” in such constructions.

A multilayer polymer composite is prepared by different routes, such as co-extrusion of one or more polymer compositions to form the multilayer composite. Alternatively, compression molding or thermoforming of one or polymer compositions produces the desired polymer composite. In particular, these techniques are used in the manufacture of signage, typically composed of one or more layers of polymeric materials forned on top of a base material (metal sheet, plastic, etc).

Examples of potential polymeric materials which may comprise one or more sections of the laminate, sign, sheet or composite structure may include:

polycarbonate

polyesters such as PET, PBT, PEN, PTT

acrylics such as PMMA and acrylate copolymer or terpolymers

polyolefins

vinylogous polymers and copolymers composed of vinyl chloride, vinyl acetate,

vinylidene chloride, vinylidene fluoride.

The present hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) each provide excellent stabilization to such constructions.

EXAMPLE 162 Photo-cured White Screen Ink

A model white UV-curable screen ink, based on urethane acrylate chemistry, is prepared with a fixed pigment to binder ratio of 0.74. A base formulation is prepared which is complete excluding a photoinitiator and a hindered amine of component (b) and consists of:

Rutile TiO₂, 500.0 g

Ebecryl® 284, 300.0 g

Ebecryl® 810, 100.0 g

Trimethylolpropane ethoxy triacrylate (TMPEOTA), 60.0 g

Tripropylene glycol diacrylate (TRPGDA), 180.0 g

Isobomyl acrylate (IBOA), 30.0 g

Modaflow® 2100, 5.0 g

Byk®-A 501, 5.0 g

Aerosil® 200, 20.0 g

The TiO₂ is added as a 66% dispersion in a portion of the Ebecryl® 284. The Aerosil® 200 is added as a 10% dispersion in the TRPGDA.

Ebecryl® 284 is an acrylated aliphatic urethane oligomer/monomer blend. Ebecryl® 810 is a polyester acrylate oligomer. The Ebecryl® products as well as the acrylate monomers are available from UCB Chemicals Corp., Smyrna, Ga. Modaflow® 2100 is an acrylic flow agent available from Monsanto. Byk®-A 501 is an air release agent available from Byk-Chemie. Aerosil® 200 is a fumed silica viscosity modifier from Degussa.

To a portion of the base formulation is added a photoinitiator mixture of Irgacure® 819/Irgacure® 184 in a 35/65 ratio. The photoinitiator mixture is 4.78 weight percent of the formulation. Irgacure® 819 is a bisacylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, and Irgacure® 184 is 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenylketone; both available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.

Formulations 1-45 further contain 1% each of hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) of the present disclosure.

Eight replicate prints of each formulation are prepared. Application is made via a 355 mesh screen and applied on polycarbonate sheets. Samples are cured with a moving belt at 50 feet/min under two medium pressure mercury lamps perpendicular to the belts @ 200 watts/in. each. All prints receive two passes under the lamps. Final layer thickness is approximately 1.2 to 1.3 mils (31-34 microns).

The present hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) provide excellent stabilization to the photo-cured inks.

EXAMPLE 163 Photo-cured White Pigmented Coating

A model white UV-curable coating for wood is prepared based on polyester acrylate chemistry with a titanium dioxide level of 25% by weight. A base formulation is prepared which is complete excluding a photoinitiator hindered amine of component (b):

Rutile TiO₂, 100.0 g

Ebercryl® 830, 240.0 g

HDODA, 42 g

TMPTA, 18.0 g

The TiO₂ is added as a 63% dispersion in a portion of the Ebercryl® 830. Ebercryl® 830 is a hexafunctional polyester acrylate oligomer. HDODA is 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate. TMPTA is trimethylolpropane triacrylate. The Ebecryl® products as well as the acrylate monomers are available from UCB Chemicals Corp., Smyrna, Ga.

To a portion of the base formulation is added a photoinitiator mixture of Irgacure® 819/Irgacure® 184 in a 1:2 ratio. The photoinitiator mixture is 3.0 weight percent of the total formulation.

Formulations 1-45 further contain 1% each of hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) of the present disclosure.

Eight replicate prints of each formulation are prepared. Films are prepared with a draw-down bar over a white Scotchcal® vinyl film from 3M. Samples are cured with a moving belt at 58 feet/min. under two medium pressure mercury lamps perpendicular to the belts @ 300 watts/in. each. The prints received one pass under the lamps. Irradiance received is 618 mJ/cm². Final cured thickness is 2.1 mils (53 microns).

The present hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) provide excel lent stabilization to the photo-cured coatings.

EXAMPLE 164 Photo-cured Clear Coating

A model clear WV-curable coating for wood is prepared based on acrylated aromatic urethane/epoxy chemistry. A base formulation is prepared which is complete excluding a photoinitiator and hindered amines of component (b):

Ebercryl® 4827, 30.0 g

Ebercryl® 600, 30.0 g

Tripropylene glycol diacrylate (TRPGDA), 40.0 g

Ebercryl® 4827 is an aromatic urethane diacrylate oligomer. Ebercryl® 600 is the diacrylate ester of a bisphenol-A epoxy resin. The Ebecryl® products as well as the acrylate monomers are available from UCB Chemicals Corp., Smyrna, Ga.

To a portion of the base formulation is added a photoinitiator mixture of Irgacure® 819/Irgacure® 184 in a 1:2 ratio. The photoinitiator mixture is 3.0 weight percent of the formulation.

Formulations 1-45 further contain 1% each of hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) of the present disclosure.

Four replicate prints of each formulation are prepared. Films are prepared with a draw-down bar over a white Scotchcal® vinyl film from 3M. Samples are cured with a moving belt at 95 feet/min. under two medium pressure mercury lamps perpendicular to the belts @ 300 watts/in. each. The prints received two passes under the lamps. Irradiance received is 750 mJ/cm². Final cured thickness is 5.1 mils (130 microns).

The coatings containing in addition to a bisacylphosphine oxide photoinitiator, a hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) display excellent stability.

EXAMPLE 165 Photo-cured White Powder Coating

A typical white, radiation-curable powder coating resin composition consists of the following components in parts by weight: 5-6 parts of an unsaturated polyester amorphous oligomer, 1 part divinyl ether crystalline monomer, 2-3.5 parts rutile titanium dioxide, 0.015 parts flow-aid, 0.02 parts Irgacure® 819 and 0.004 parts Irgacure® 2959. The ingredients are blended together in an extruder and ground into a fine powder. The powder is applied to the substrate to be coated and is subsequently melted with an infrared heat source which allows for continuous film formation. In the melt state the resin is exposed to the radiation source to initiate curing.

Formulations 1-45 further contain 1% each of hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) of the present disclosure.

frgacure® 819 is a bisacylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, and Irgacure® 2959 is 1-(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propan-1-one; both available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.

The white powder coatings containing a hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) display excellent stability.

EXAMPLE 166 Photo-cured White Gel Coat

A typical gel coat formulation consists of an unsaturated polyester oligomer with a styrene diluent added to control viscosity. Styrene is normally present at about 35% by weight. The other components are typically rutile TiO₂, about 10% by weight and Irgacure® 819, about 2% by weight. The mixture is either sprayed, brushed or drawn down on the substrate and cured to a glassy solid state. The cure line speeds are about 60 feet per minute per lamp with Fusion D lamps and about 24 feet per minute per lamp with standard mercury lamps. The film thickness is about 20 mils.

Formulations 1-45 further contain 1% each of hindered amines of formulae (1)-(45) of the present disclosure.

Irgacure® 819 is a bisacylphosphine oxide, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbeiizoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, and Irgacure® 2959 is 1-(4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-phenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propan-1-one; both available from Ciba Specialty Chemicals Corp.

The white gel coats containing a hindered amine of formulae (1)-(45) display excellent stability.

EXAMPLE 167 Stabilization of Glass-Filled Polypropylene

Molded test specimens are prepared by injection molding polypropylene pellets containing a phosphite, a phenolic antioxidant or hydroxylamine, a metal stearate, ultraviolet light absorbers or hindered amine stabilizers or a mixture of UV absorbers and hindered amine stabilizers and, optionally, pigment.

Polypropylene pellets are prepared from stabilizers, co-additives and commercially available polypropylene by mixing the components in a Superior/MPM 1″ single screw extruder with a general all-purpose screw (24:1 L/D) at 475° F. (250° C.), cooled in a water bath and pelletized. The resulting pellets are molded into 60 mil (0.06 inch thick) 2″×2″ plaques at about 475° F. (250° C.) on a BOY 30M Injection Molding Machine. The formulations may contain, optionally, pure pigment or pigment concentrates.

Polypropylene formulations composed of polypropylene homopolymer or polypropylene copolymer are stabilized with a base stabilization system consisting of an N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine or a hindered phenolic antioxidant with or without an organophosphorous compound.

All additive and pigment concentrations in the final formulations are expressed as weight percent based on the resin.

Formulations contain polypropylene pellets, hindered hydrocarbyloxyamines of formulae (1)-(45) from about 0.1% to about 1%, and one or more of the following components;

0.0%-5.0% pigment,

0.0%-50.0% glass fiber,

0.0%-0.5% phosphite,

0.0%-1.25% phenolic antioxidant,

0.0%-0.5% hydroxylamine,

0.05%-0.10% calcium stearate,

0.0%-1.25% UV absorber,

0.0%-30% poly(propylene-g-maleic anhydride)

The components are dry blended in a tumble dryer prior to extrusion and molding.

Test plaques are mounted in metal frames and exposed in an Atlas Ci65 Xenon Arc Weather-o-meter at 70° C. black panel temperature, 0.55 W/m² at 340 nanometers and 50% relative humidity with intermittent light/dark cycles and water spray (Society of Automotive Engineers—SAE J 1960 Test Procedure). Specimens are tested at approximately 625 kilojoule intervals by performing color measurements on an Applied Color Systems spectrophotometer by reflectance mode according to ASTM D 2244-79. Data collected included delta E, L*, a* and b* values. Gloss measurements are conducted on a BYK-GARDNER Haze/Gloss Meter at 60° according to ASTM D523.

The formulations which include a present compound of the formulae (1)-(45) show superior light stability as measured by color retention, gloss retention and resistance to surface chalking.

EXAMPLE 168 Stabilization of Glass-Filled Thermoplastic Olefin

Formulations prepared as in Example 167 with thermoplastic olefin in place of polypropylene exhibit superior retention of gloss, color and appearance. Thermoplastic olefin examples include polypropylene homopolymer and polypropylene copolymer blends with EPDM, EPR and poly(ethylene-alpha-olefin) co-polymers. 

What is claimed is:
 1. A compound having 1-alkoxy bridged hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety, substituted by one to three hydroxy groups, is shared by two or three non-equivalent hindered amine molecules as described in formulas (31) and (45); or to novel compounds having 1-alkoxy bridged hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety, substituted by one to three hydroxy groups, is shared by three hindered amine molecules as described in formulas (32) to (44);

wherein G₁ and G₂ are independently alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or G₁ and G₂ together are pentamethylene; E is a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl groups of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; L is straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenylene of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; Q is straight or branched chain alkanetriyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkanetriyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenetriyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenetriyl of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkanetriyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; b is 1, 2 or 3 with the proviso that b cannot exceed the number of carbon atoms in E or L, and when b is 2 or 3, each hydroxyl group is attached to a different carbon atom of E or L; in each of the formulas (31) to (45) m is 0 or 1; R₁ is hydrogen, hydroxyl or hydroxymethyl; R₂ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or alkenyl of 2 to 12 carbon atoms; R₇ and R₈ are independently chlorine, alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, —O—T₁, amino substituted by 2-hydroxyethyl, —NH(alkyl) of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, or R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by either hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or T₁,

R₁₀ is hydrogen or methyl, q is 2 to 8, R₁₃ is hydrogen, phenyl, straight or branched alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, straight or branched alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl, cycloalkyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 12 carbon atoms, glycidyl, allyloxy, straight or branched hydroxyalkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or silyl or silyloxy substituted three times independently by hydrogen, by phenyl, by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or by alkoxy of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R₁₄ is hydrogen or silyl substituted three times independently by hydrogen, by phenyl, by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or by alkoxy of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; d is 0 or 1; h is 0 to 4; k is 0 to 5; R₁₉ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonylalkylenecarbonyl of 4 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, glycidyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy or 2-(hydroxymethyl) substituted alkyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms which alkyl is interrupted by oxygen, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or acyl radical of an aromatic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms; R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ independently have the same definition as R₁₉; R₂₀ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms; R₂₁ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; R₂₂ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aromatic carboxylic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms, or R₄ and R₅ together are —(CH₂)₅CO—, phthaloyl or a divalent acyl radical of maleic acid; R₂₃ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; R₂₄ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms; R₂₅ is alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyloxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NHalkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms; and R₂₆ is alkylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NH-alkylene-NH— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)-alkylene-N(alkyl)- of 3 to 18 carbon atoms.
 2. A compound according to claim 1 wherein G₁ and G₂ are each methyl.
 3. A compound according to claim 1 where in formulas (31) to (45), b is 1 or 2, when b is 1, E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are respectively a carbon-centered radical, diradical or triradical formed from 2-methyl-2-propanol, 2-propanol, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol, 2-methyl-2-butanol, ethanol, 1-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, 1-hexanol, 1-nonanol, 1-decanol, 1-dodecanol, 1-octadecanol, 2-butanol, 2-pentanol, 2-ethyl-1-hexanol, cyclohexanol, cyclooctanol, allyl alcohol, phenethyl alcohol or 1-phenyl-1-ethanol; when b is 2, E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are respectively a carbon-centered radical, diradical or triradical formed from 1,2-ethanediol, 1,2-propanedial, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 2,2-dimethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2-cyclohexanediol, 1,3-cyclohexanediol or 1,4-cyclohexanediol; when b is 3, E—OH and L—OH and Q—OH are respectively a carbon-centered radical diradical or triradical formed from glycerol, 1,1,1-tris(hydroxymethyl)methane, 2-ethyl-2-(hydroxymethyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,2,4-butanetriol or 1,2,6-hexanetriol; in formula (33), m is 0, R₁ is hydrogen or hydroxymethyl, and R₂ is hydrogen; or m is 1, R₁ is hydroxy or hydroxymethyl, and R₂ is hydrogen or methyl; in formula (35), R₂ is hydrogen or dodecyl; in formulas (31), (36) and (45), R₁₉, R₁₉′ and R₁₉′ are hydrogen, allyl, acryloyl, methacryloyl, octadecanoyl or hexadecanoyl; in formula (37), R₂₀ is succinyl, glutaryl, adipoyl, sebacoyl, 1,6-hexanedicarbamoyl, or cis- or trans-5-carbamoyl-1-(carbamoylmethyl)-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane; in formula (38), R₂₁ is hydrogen and R₂₂ is hydrogen or butyl; or R₂₁ and R₂₂ together are the divalent acyl radical of maleic acid; in formula (39), R₂₃ is hydrogen or acetyl, and R₂₄ is ethylene or hexamethylene; in formula (40), R₂₅ is ethoxy, 6-methyl-1-heptyloxy, ethylamino, butylamino or octylamino; in formula (41), R₂₆ is 1,2-ethanedioxy, 1-4-butanedioxy, ethylenediamino or hexamethylenediamino; in formula (42), R₇ and R₈ are independently chlorine, octylamino, tert-octylamino, octadecylamino, T₁-ethylamino, T₁-butylamino or T₁-dodecylamino, and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by ethyl, butyl or dodecyl; in formula (43), q is 2, 4 or 6, R₇ is chlorine, octylamino, octadecylamino, T₁-ethylamino, T₁-butylamino or T₁-dodecylamino, and R₁₀ is hydrogen; and in formula (44), d is 0 or 1, h is 0-2, k is 0 or 3, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom or a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by ethyl, butyl or dodecyl, R₁₃ is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy, and R₁₄ is hydrogen or trimethylsilyl.
 4. A compound according to claim 1 where in formulas in formulas (31), (36) and (45), R₁₉, R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ are hydrogen, octadecanoyl or hexadecanoyl; in formula (38), R₂₁ is hydrogen and R₂₂ is hydrogen or butyl; in formula (39), R₂₃ is hydrogen, and R₂₄ is hexamethylene; in formula (42), R₇ is chlorine, octylamino or T₁-butylamino, R₈ is chlorine or T₁-butylamino, and R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by butyl; and in formula (43), q is 6, R₇ is T₁-butylamino, and R₁₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by butyl.
 5. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compounds of formulas (31) to (45) where E—OH, L—OH and Q—OH are formed from 2-methyl-2-propanol (tert-butyl alcohol).
 6. A compound according to claim 1 where in formulas (31), (36) and (45), R₁₉, R₁₉′ and R₁₉″ are hydrogen, octadecanoyl or hexadecanoyl; and in formula (37) where R₂₀ is succinyl, glutaryl, adipoyl or sebacoyl.
 7. A compound according to claim 1 wherein the compound of formula (31) to formula (45) wherein the alkoxy moiety is 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy or hydroxycyclohexyloxy.
 8. A composition which comprises (a) an organic polymer or recording material subject to the adverse effects of heat, oxygen and light, and (b) an effective stabilizing amount of one or more compounds selected from the compounds of formula (31) to formula (45) as described according to claim
 1. 9. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is a thermoplastic polyolefin, polyester, polyester urethane, polyether urethane or a water-borne coating.
 10. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is selected from the group consisting of polypropylene, thermoplastic polyolefin, low density polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, linear low density polyethylene, poly(butene-1), ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene/propylene copolymer, copolymers of ethylene or propylene with other alpha-olefins, copolymers of acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene (ABS), copolymers of acrylonitrile and styrene that are impact modified with ethylene-propylene rubber or ethylene/propylene/alpha-olefin rubber or butyl acrylate rubber, blends of ABS and polycarbonate, blends of ABS and poly(vinyl chloride)(PVC), poly(vinyl chloride), copolymers of styrene and butadiene (HIPS), copolymers of styrene and butadiene that also contain ethylene-propylene rubber or ethylene/propylene/alpha-olefin rubber or butyl acrylate rubber, thermoplastic elastomers and thermoplastic vulcanizates.
 11. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is a polyester or polyether urethane or water-borne coating.
 12. A composition according to claim 8 which additionally contains an effective stabilizing amount of at least one coadditive stabilizer selected from the group consisting of the phenolic antioxidants, metal stearates, metal oxides, organophosphorus compounds, furanone antioxidants, hydroxylamines, UV absorbers, non-NOR hindered amines, NOR hindered amines and mixtures thereof.
 13. A composition according to claim 8 which additionally contains a filler.
 14. A composition according to claim 13 wherein the filler is calcium carbonate, clay, talc, mica or glass.
 15. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is an agricultural film which is exposed to pesticides.
 16. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is an agricultural film exposed to pesticides, and component (b) additionally contains a metal stearate and zinc oxide.
 17. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is a polyolefin film, fiber or thick section, ABS, high impact polystyrene (HIPS), thermoplastic polyolefin, thermoplastic elastomer or thermoplastic vulcanizate which additionally contains a halogenated flame retardant.
 18. A composition according to claim 17 wherein the flame retardant is tris[3-bromo-2,2-bis(bromomethyl)propyl] phosphate, decabromodiphenyl oxide, ethylene bis(tetrabromophthalimide) or ethylene bis(dibromonorbornanedicarboximide).
 19. A composition according to claim 17 wherein component (a) is polypropylene fiber.
 20. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is polypropylene, polyethylene, thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO), ABS or high impact polystyrene (HIPS), and component (b) is an effective synergistic mixture of (i) a compound of formula (1) to (30) according to claim 8; and (ii) a flame retardant selected from the group consisting of the halogenated, phosphorus, boron, silicon and antimony compounds, metal hydroxides, metal hydrates, metal oxides and mixtures thereof.
 21. A composition according to claim 20 wherein component (a) is polypropylene, polyethylene or thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO).
 22. A composition according to claim 8 wherein component (a) is a paintable thermoplastic olefin (TPO).
 23. A composition according to claim 12 wherein the coadditive stabilizer is a hindered phenolic antioxidant selected from the group consisting of neopentanetetrayl tetrakis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5,-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,2-bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamoyl)hydrazine, calcium [bis(monoethyl 3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate], 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate and 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-4-tert-butyl-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) isocyanurate; or is an organophosphorus stabilizer selected from the group consisting of tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite, 2,2′,2″-nitrilo[triethyl-tris-(3,3′,5,5′-tetra-tert-butyl-1,1′-biphenyl-2,2′-diyl) phosphite], tetrakis(2,4-di-butylphenyl) 4,4′-biphenylenediphosphonite, tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, 2,2′-ethylidenebis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) fluorophosphite and 2-butyl-2-ethylpropan-1,3-diyl 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl phosphite; or is 5,7-di-tert-butyl-3-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-2H-benzofuran-2-one; or is N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine made by the direct oxidation of N,N-di(hydrogenated tallow)amine; or is a hindered amine selected from the group consisting of bis(2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, the polycondensation product of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,2,6,6-tetra-methyl-4-hydroxypiperidine and succinic acid, N,N′,N″,N″-tetrakis[4,6-bis(butyl-1,2,2,6,6-penta-methylpiperidin-4-yl)amino-s-triazin-2-yl]-1,10-diamino-4,7-diazadecane, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-tert-octylamino-s-triazine, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino- 1 ,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl octadecanoate, 3-dodecyl- 1-(1-acetyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-pyrrolidin-2,5-dione, 1,3,5-tris {N-cyclohexyl-N-[2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperazin-3-on-4-yl)ethyl]amino}-s-triazine, poly[methyl 3-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yloxy)propyl]siloxane, the polycondensation product of 2,4-dichloro-6-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)butylamino)-s-triazine, 2,2′ethylene-bis {[2,4-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butylamino-s-triazin-6-yl]aminotrimethyleneamino}, oligomer of N-{[2-(N-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris {2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylaniino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine; or is another N-hydrocarbyloxy substituted hindered amines selected from the group consisting of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl) adipate, bis(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) adipate, bis(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, 1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl octadecanoate, N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris {2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine; or is a UV absorber selected from the group consisting of 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 5-chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-bis(2,4-dimethyphenyl)-6-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-s-triazine, oligomer of N-{2-[(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, the condensation product of 2-morpholino-4,6-dichloro-s-triazine with N,N′-bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine; or mixtures thereof.
 24. A composition according to claim 23 wherein the coadditive stabilizer is neopentanetetrayl tetrakis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine made by the direct oxidation of N,N-di(hydrogenated tallow)amine, N,N′,N′,N′″-tetrakis[4,6-bis(butyl-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino-s-triazin-2-yl]-1,10-diamino-4,7-diazadecane, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylene-bis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-tert-octylarnino-s-triazine, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylene-bis(amino-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine, oligomer of N-{[2-(N-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetra-methylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, oligomer of N-{2-[(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, or the condensation product of 2-morpholino-4,6-dichloro-s-triazine with N,N′-bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine.
 25. A composition according to claim 23 which additionally contains 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amyphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-d-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxybenzophenone, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole or mixtures thereof.
 26. A composition according to claim 12 wherein the coadditive stabilizer is a UV absorber selected from the group consisting of (a) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (b) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (c) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (d) 2,2′-methylene-bis[6-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-tert-octylphenol]; (e) methylene-2-[4-tert-octyl-6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol]2′-[4-tert-octyl-6-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol]; (f) 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamic acid; (g) methyl 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamate; (h) isooctyl 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamate; (i) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (j) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-acryloyloxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (k) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-methacryloyloxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (l) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-acrylylaminopropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (m) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-methacrylylaminopropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (n) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (o) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-nonylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (p) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (q) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (r) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (s) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (t) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyl-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (u) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (v) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (w) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (x) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (y) 5-fluoro-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (z) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (aa) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (bb) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; and (cc) 5-phenylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole.
 27. A composition according to claim 8 which is a stabilized stoving lacquer wherein component (a) is an acid catalyzed resin based on hot crosslinkable, acrylic, acrylic melamine, polyester, polyurethane, polyamide or alkyd resin.
 28. A composition according to claim 27 which additionally contains a UV absorber.
 29. A composition according to claim 27 which is an enamel of high solids content for industrial finishes.
 30. A composition according to claim 27 which is a finishing enamel for automobiles.
 31. A composition according to claim 8 which is a stabilized ambient curable composition wherein component (a) is a resin selected from the group consisting of unmodified or modified alkyd resin, acrylic resin, acrylic alkyd resin, polyester resin or crosslinkable epoxide resin.
 32. A composition according to claim 31 wherein the resin is selected from the group consisting of unmodified alkyl, acrylic, acrylic alkyd or polyester resins; said resins modified with silicon, isocyanates, isocyanurates, ketimines or oxazolidines; crosslinked epoxy resins; and epoxy-crosslinked acrylic and polyester resins.
 33. A composition according to claim 31 which is an enamel of high solids content for industrial finishes.
 34. A composition according to claim 31 which is a finishing enamel for automobiles.
 35. A composition according to claim 8 which is a curable electrocoat composition wherein component (a) is an amino-group containing resin having functional groups that are reactive with an isocyanate and an aromatic polyisocyanate crosslinking agent.
 36. A composition according to claim 8 which is a non-gelling liquid coating composition wherein component (a) comprises (A) at least one acrylic monomer, (B) silica and (C) at least one initiator for ultraviolet radiation-induced curing of said composition.
 37. A composition according to claim 36 which contains a silyl acrylate, a polyfunctional acrylate, silica and a photoinitiator.
 38. A stabilized composition according to claim 8 wherein the recording material is a photographic material.
 39. A stabilized composition according to claim 8 which is a polyolefin article exposed to chlorine; a gamma-irradiated polyolefm; a woven or nonwoven polyolefin fiber or fabric; a polyolefin hollow article prepared by the rotomolding process; a recycled plastic; a coextruded film over PVC, PC or ABS; a multilayer polymer structure; or a radiation-cured ink or coating.
 40. A composition which comprises (a) an organic polymer or recording material subject to the adverse effects of heat, oxygen and light, selected from the group consisting of a photographic material; a polyolefin article exposed to chlorine; a gamma-irradiated polyolefin; a woven or nonwoven polyolefin fiber or fabric; a polyolefin hollow article prepared by the rotomolding process; a recycled plastic; a coextruded film over PVC, PC or ABS; a multilayer polymer structure; or a radiation-cured ink or coating; and (b) an effective stabilizing amount of one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of 1-alkoxy substituted hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety is substituted by one to three hydroxy groups as described in formulas (1) to (15); compounds having 1-alkoxy bridged hindered amine derivatives where the alkoxy moiety, substituted by one to three hydroxy groups, is shared by two hindered amine molecules as described in formulas (16) to (28); oligomeric or polymeric hindered amine molecules made from the reaction of dialkyl esters or isocyanates with hydroxy substituted N-alkoxy derivatives of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetraalkylpiperidine as described in formula (29); and simple diester or urethane derivatives of hydroxy substituted N-alkoxy derivatives of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine as described in formula (30)

wherein G₁ and G₂ are independently alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or G₁ and G₂ together are pentamethylene; E is a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl groups of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; b is 1, 2 or 3 with the proviso that b cannot exceed the number of carbon atoms in E or L, and when b is 2 or 3, each hydroxyl group is attached to a different carbon atom of E or L; in each of the formulas (1) to (15) m is 0 or 1; R₁ is hydrogen, hydroxyl or hydroxymethyl; R₂ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or alkenyl of 2 to 12 carbon atoms; n is 1 to 4; when n is 1, R₃ is alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonylalkylenecarbonyl of 4 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, glycidyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy or 2-(hydroxymethyl) substituted alkyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms which alkyl is interrupted by oxygen, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or acyl radical of an aromatic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms; when n is 2, R₃ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms; when n is 3, R₃ is a trivalent acyl radical of an aliphatic, unsaturated aliphatic, or cycloaliphatic tricarboxylic acid or tricarbamic acid containing 6-18 carbon atoms, or a trivalent acyl radical of an aromatic tricarboxylic or tricarbamic acid containing 9-18 carbon atoms, or R₃ is a trivalent acyl radical of a tris(alkylcarbamic acid) derivative of cyanuric acid containing 12-24 carbon atoms; when n is 4, R₃ is a tetravalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid, or R₃ is a tetra-valent acyl radical of an aromatic tetra-carboxylic acid containing 10 to 18 carbon atoms, p is 1 to 3, R₄ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; when p is 1, R₅ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aromatic carboxylic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms, or R₄ and R₅ together are —(CH₂)₅CO—, phthaloyl or a divalent acyl radical of maleic acid; when p is 2, R₅ is alkylene of 2 to 12 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms; when p is 3, R₅ is a trivalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic tricarboxylic acid containing 6 to 18 carbon atoms, or a trivalent acyl radical of an aromatic tricarboxylic acid containing 9 to 15 carbon atoms; when n is 1, R₆ is alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyloxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NHalkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms, when n is 2, R₆ is alkylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NH-alkylene-NH— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)-alkylene-N(alkyl)— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, or R₆ is 4-methyl-1,3-phenylenediamino, when n is 3, R₆ is a trivalent alkoxy radical of a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic triol containing 3 to 18 carbon atoms, when n is 4, R₆ is a tetravalent alkoxy radical of a saturated or unsaturated aliphatic tetraol containing 4 to 18 carbon atoms, R₇ and R₈ are independently chlorine, alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, —O—T₁, amino substituted by 2-hydroxyethyl, —NH(alkyl) of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms, R₉ is a divalent oxygen atom, or R₉ is a divalent nitrogen atom substituted by either hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms or T₁

R₁₀ is hydrogen or methyl, q is 2 to 8, R₁₁ and R₁₂ are independently hydrogen or the group T₂

R₁₃ is hydrogen, phenyl, straight or branched alkyl of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, alkoxy of 1 to 12 carbon atoms, straight or branched alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl, cycloalkyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 12 carbon atoms, glycidyl, allyloxy, straight or branched hydroxyalkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or silyl or silyloxy substituted three times independently by hydrogen, by phenyl, by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or by alkoxy of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R₁₄ is hydrogen or silyl substituted three times independently by hydrogen, by phenyl, by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or by alkoxy of 1 to 4 carbon atoms; d is 0 or 1; h is 0 to 4; k is 0 to 5; x is 3 to 6; y is 1 to 10; z is an integer such that the compound has a molecular weight of 1000 to 4000 amu, R₁₅ is morpholino, piperidino, 1-piperizinyl, alkylamino of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, especially branched alkylamino of 3 to 8 carbon atoms such as tert-octylamino, —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted by T₁ or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 16 carbon atoms, R₁₆ is hydrogen, acyl of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, carbamoyl substituted by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, s-triazinyl substituted once by chlorine and once by R₁₅, or s-triazinyl substituted twice by R₁₅ with the condition that the two R₁₅ substituents may be different; R₁₇ is chlorine, amino substituted by alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms or by T₁, —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 16 carbon atoms, or the group T₃

R₁₈ is hydrogen, acyl of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, carbamoyl substituted by alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, s-triazinyl substituted twice by —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 16 carbon atoms or s-triazinyl substituted twice by —N(alkyl)T₁ with alkyl of 1 to 8 carbon atoms; L is straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenylene of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, in formulas (16) to (28), R₁, R₂, R₇, R₈, R₉, R₁₀, R₁₃, R₁₄, d, h, k, m, q, and T₁ have the same meanings as in formulas (1) to (15); R₁₉ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonylalkylenecarbonyl of 4 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyl of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, glycidyl, 2,3-dihydroxypropyl, 2-hydroxy or 2-(hydroxymethyl) substituted allyl of 3 to 12 carbon atoms which alkyl is interrupted by oxygen, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or acyl radical of an aromatic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms; R₂₀ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms; R₂₁ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; R₂₂ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic carboxylic or carbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, an acyl radical of an aromatic carboxylic acid containing 7 to 15 carbon atoms, or R₄ and R₅ together are —(CH₂)₅CO—, phthaloyl or a divalent acyl radical of maleic acid; R₂₃ is hydrogen, alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms or acyl of 2 to 6 carbon atoms; R₂₄ is alkylene of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of an aliphatic or unsaturated aliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 2 to 18 carbon atoms, a divalent acyl radical of a cycloaliphatic dicarboxylic or dicarbamic acid containing 7 to 12 carbon atoms, or a divalent acyl radical of an aromatic dicarboxylic acid containing 8 to 15 carbon atoms; R₂₅ is alkoxy of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenyloxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NHalkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)₂ of 2 to 36 carbon atoms, R₂₆ is alkylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, alkenylenedioxy of 2 to 18 carbon atoms, —NH-alkylene-NH— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms or —N(alkyl)-alkylene-N(alkyl)- of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, in formulas (29) and (30), G is a carbon centered diradical derived from a primary, secondary or tertiary alcohol G—OH, where z is as defined above, and G is straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, cycloalkenylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, alkenylene of 3 to 18 carbon atoms, a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 4 carbon atoms substituted by phenyl or by phenyl substituted by one or two alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms, with the proviso that in formula (29) successive hindered amine moieties can be oriented in either a head to head or head to tail fashion; T₄ is hydrogen or

R₂₇ is a straight or branched chain alkylene of 1 to 18 carbon atoms, cycloalkylene or cycloalkenylene of 5 to 8 carbon atoms, phenylene or —NH-alkylene-NH— of 2 to 18 carbon atoms including 5-amino-1-aminomethyl-1,3,3-trimethylcyclohexane and —NH-xylylene-NH—; R₂₈ is alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms;

or

and R₂₉ is a straight or branched chain alkyl or —NH-alkyl of 1 to 18 carbon atoms or —NH-cycloalkyl of 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
 41. A composition according to claim 40 which additionally contains an effective stabilizing amount of at least one coadditive stabilizer selected from the group consisting of the phenolic antioxidants, metal stearates, metal oxides, organophosphorus compounds, furanone antioxidants, hydroxylamines, UV absorbers, non-NOR hindered amines, NOR hindered amines and mixtures thereof.
 42. A composition according to claim 41 wherein the coadditive stabilizer is a hindered phenolic antioxidant selected from the group consisting of neopentanetetrayl tetrakis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate, 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris(3,5,-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)benzene, 1,2-bis(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamoyl)hydrazine, calcium [bis(monoethyl 3,5-ditert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl)-phosphonate], 1,3,5-tris(3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) isocyanurate and 1,3,5-tris(3-hydroxy-4-tert-butyl-2,6-dimethylbenzyl) isocyanurate; or is an organophosphorus stabilizer selected from the group consisting of tris(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) phosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) ethyl phosphite, 2,2′,2″-nitrilo[triethyl-tris-(3,3′,5,5′-tetra-tert-butyl-1,1′-biphenyl-2,2′-diyl) phosphite], tetrakis(2,4-di-butylphenyl) 4,4′-biphenylenediphosphonite, tris(nonylphenyl) phosphite, bis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) pentaerythrityl diphosphite, 2,2′-ethylidenebis(2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl) fluorophosphite and 2-butyl-2-ethylpropan-1,3-diyl 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylphenyl phosphite; or is 5,7-di-tert-butyl-3-(3,4-dimethylphenyl)-2H-benzofuran-2-one; or is N,N-dialkylhydroxylamine made by the direct oxidation of N,N-di(hydrogenated tallow)amine; or is a hindered amine selected from the group consisting of bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, the polycondensation product of 1-(2-hydroxyethyl)-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-hydroxypiperidine and succinic acid, N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis[4,6-bis(butyl-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)amino-s-triazin-2-yl]- 1,10-diamino-4,7-diazadecane, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-tertoctylamino-s-triazine, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine, the polycondensation product of 4,4′-hexamethylenebis(amino-1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidine) and 2,4-dichloro-6-morpholino-s-triazine, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl octadecanoate, 3-dodecyl-1-(1-acetyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-pyrrolidin-2,5-dione, 1,3,5-tris{N-cyclohexyl-N-[2-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperazin-3-on-4-yl)ethyl]amino}-s-triazine, poly[methyl 3-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yloxy)propyl]siloxane, the polycondensation product of 2,4-dichloro-6-(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)butylamino)-s-triazine, 2,2′ethylene-bis{[2,4-(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butylamino-s-triazin-6-yl]aminotrimethyleneamino }, oligomer of N-{ [2-(N-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, N,N′,N″-tris {2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris {2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis{2,4-bis[N-(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine; or is another N-hydrocarbyloxy substituted hindered amines selected from the group consisting of bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, bis(1-octyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-piperidin-4-yl) adipate, bis(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) adipate, bis(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) sebacate, 1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl octadecanoate, N,N′,N″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine, N,N′,N′″-tris{2,4-bis[N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine and N,N′,N″,N′″-tetrakis {2,4-bis [N-(1-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-6-yl}-3,3′-ethylenediiminodipropylamine; or is a UV absorber selected from the group consisting of 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 5-chloro-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole, 2,4-di-tert-butylphenyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl4-hydroxybenzoate, 2-hydroxy-4-n-octyloxybenzophenone, 2,4-bis(2,4-dimethyphenyl)-6-(2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl)-s-triazine, oligomer of N-{2-[(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)butylamino]-s-triazin-4-yl}-N,N′-bis(1-propoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine terminated with 2,4-bis(dibutylamino)-s-triazin-6-yl, the condensation product of 2-morpholino-4,6-dichloro-s-triazine with N,N′-bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl)-1,6-hexanediamine; or mixtures thereof.
 43. A composition according to claim 41 wherein the coadditive stabilizer is a UV absorber selected from the group consisting of (a) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (b) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-5-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (c) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (d) 2,2′-methylene-bis[6-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-4-tert-octylphenol]; (e) methylene-2-[4-tert-octyl-6-(2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol]2′-[4-tert-octyl-6-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)phenol]; (f) 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamic acid; (g) methyl 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamate; (h) isooctyl 3-(5-trifluoromethyl-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl)-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-hydrocinnamate; (i) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (j) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-acryloyloxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (k) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-methacryloyloxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (l) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-acrylylaminopropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (m) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(3-methacrylylaminopropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (n) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (o) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-nonylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (p) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (q) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-α-cumyl-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (r) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-amylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (s) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (t) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3-dodecyl-5-methylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (u) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (v) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (w) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-[2-hydroxy-5-(2-hydroxyethyl)phenyl]-2H-benzotriazole; (x) 5-trifluoromethyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (y) 5-fluoro-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (z) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-α-cumylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (aa) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; (bb) 5-butylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-octylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole; and (cc) 5-phenylsulfonyl-2-(2-hydroxy-3,5-di-tert-butylphenyl)-2H-benzotriazole.
 44. A compound selected from the group consisting of (r) a mixture of 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[5-(methoxy-carbonyl)pentanoyloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine and 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-[4-(methoxy-carbonyl)-butyryloxy]-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, (s) the product mixture obtained by the reaction of 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with tert-butyl alcohol in the presence of hydrogen peroxide and a metal ion, (t) the product mixture obtained by the transesterification reaction of the product mixture of (s) with methyl stearate, (u) the product mixture obtained by the transesterification reaction of methyl stearate with 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)4-octadecanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, (v) the product mixture obtained by the reaction of 4-hydroxy-1-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine with 2-methyl-2-butanol in the presence of hydrogen peroxide and a metal ion, (w) the product mixture obtained by the transesterification reaction of the product mixture of (v) with methyl stearate, (x) 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-eicosanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, (y) 1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-4-(cis-9-octadecenoyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, (z) 1-[4-(cis-9-octadecenoyloxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin-1-yloxy]-2-(cis-9-octadecenoyloxy)-2-methylpropane, (aa) 1-(4-eicosanoyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidin- 1-yloxy)-2-eicosanoyloxy-2-methylpropane,

(11) the product mixture obtained by the reaction of 1,3,5-tris[-isocyanatohexyl]-2,4,6-trioxo-s-triazine with 4-hydroxy-1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropoxy)-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine.
 45. A composition which comprises (a) an organic polymer or recording material subject to the adverse effects of heat, oxygen and light, and (b) an effective stabilizing amount of one or more compounds selected from the compounds of formula (r) to formula (11) according to claim
 44. 